WO2022215423A1 - Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device production method, polymerizable compound, and resin - Google Patents

Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device production method, polymerizable compound, and resin Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022215423A1
WO2022215423A1 PCT/JP2022/010353 JP2022010353W WO2022215423A1 WO 2022215423 A1 WO2022215423 A1 WO 2022215423A1 JP 2022010353 W JP2022010353 W JP 2022010353W WO 2022215423 A1 WO2022215423 A1 WO 2022215423A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
ring
sensitive
polymerizable compound
acid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/010353
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
洋平 石地
英幸 石原
享平 崎田
翔 井本
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2023512875A priority Critical patent/JPWO2022215423A1/ja
Publication of WO2022215423A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022215423A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F20/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride, ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F20/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms, Derivatives thereof
    • C08F20/10Esters
    • C08F20/12Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols
    • C08F20/16Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols of phenols or of alcohols containing two or more carbon atoms
    • C08F20/18Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols of phenols or of alcohols containing two or more carbon atoms with acrylic or methacrylic acids
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, an electronic device manufacturing method, a polymerizable compound, and a resin.
  • a pattern forming method using chemical amplification has been used in order to compensate for the decrease in sensitivity due to light absorption.
  • a photoacid generator contained in an exposed area is decomposed by light irradiation to generate an acid.
  • the post-exposure baking (PEB: Post Exposure Bake) process or the like the alkali-insoluble groups of the resin contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition are converted into alkali-soluble groups by the catalytic action of the generated acid.
  • the solubility in the developer is changed by, for example, changing the base.
  • the wavelength of the exposure light source is shortened and the numerical aperture (NA) of the projection lens is increased.
  • NA numerical aperture
  • an exposure machine using an ArF excimer laser with a wavelength of 193 nm as a light source has been developed. ing.
  • the pattern formation method which uses extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet) and an electron beam (EB: Electron Beam) as a light source is also being examined. Under such circumstances, various structures have been proposed as actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions.
  • EUV light Extreme Ultraviolet
  • EB Electron Beam
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a resist composition containing a resin containing a structural unit derived from a compound represented by formula (I) and a structural unit having a predetermined structure, and an acid generator.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a group having an acid-labile group
  • W is an optionally substituted C 5-18 alicyclic represents a hydrocarbon group.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of forming a pattern having excellent LWR performance and having excellent resolution.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method related to the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a polymerizable compound and a resin that are preferably used in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • An actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a resin having repeating units derived from a polymerizable compound having an acid-decomposable group and a photoacid generator,
  • the polymerizable compound is a polymerizable compound whose homopolymer has a glass transition temperature of 220° C. or higher, Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the molar amount of the acid-decomposable group relative to the mass of the polymerizable compound is 3.40 mmol/g or more.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the polymerizable compound is an acrylic compound or a methacrylic compound.
  • [12] A resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11].
  • [13] forming a resist film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11]; exposing the resist film; and developing the exposed resist film using a developer.
  • [14] A method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method according to [13].
  • [15] A polymerizable compound represented by general formula (1) described later.
  • [16] A resin having a repeating unit derived from a polymerizable compound represented by general formula (1) described later.
  • the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which can form the pattern which is excellent in LWR performance, and is excellent also in resolution can be provided.
  • the resist film, the pattern formation method, and the manufacturing method of an electronic device regarding the said actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition can be provided.
  • an "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • organic group refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
  • the substituent is preferably a monovalent substituent unless otherwise specified.
  • actinic rays or “radiation” as used herein means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, and electron beams (EB : Electron Beam) and the like.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • the term "exposure” used herein means not only exposure by the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), and X-rays, but also electron beams, Also includes drawing with particle beams such as ion beams.
  • the term " ⁇ " is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
  • the bonding direction of the divalent groups described herein is not limited unless otherwise specified. For example, in the compound represented by the formula "XYZ", when Y is -COO-, Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO- good too. Further, the above compound may be "X--CO--O--Z" or "X--O--CO--Z.”
  • (meth)acrylate refers to acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth)acryl refers to acrylic and methacrylic.
  • Mw weight-average molecular weight
  • Mn number-average molecular weight
  • dispersity also referred to as molecular weight distribution
  • HPC Gel Permeation Chromatography
  • the acid dissociation constant (pKa) represents the pKa in an aqueous solution. , is a calculated value. All pKa values described herein are calculated using this software package.
  • pKa can also be obtained by molecular orbital calculation.
  • H + dissociation free energy can be calculated by, for example, DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in literature, etc., and are not limited to this. .
  • DFT density functional theory
  • Gaussian16 is an example.
  • the pKa in the present specification refers to a value obtained by calculating a value based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values using Software Package 1, as described above. If it cannot be calculated, a value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (density functional theory) is adopted.
  • pKa in this specification refers to "pKa in aqueous solution” as described above, but when pKa in aqueous solution cannot be calculated, “pKa in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution” is adopted. It shall be.
  • halogen atoms include, for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine atoms.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as “resist composition of the first embodiment") is a polymerizable compound having an acid-decomposable group (hereinafter also referred to as “specific monomer A” ) (hereinafter also referred to as “specific acid-decomposable resin A”) and a photoacid generator.
  • the specific monomer A described above is a polymerizable compound whose homopolymer has a glass transition temperature of 220 ° C.
  • the resist composition of the first embodiment can form a pattern with excellent resolution and LWR due to the above configuration.
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin A contained in the resist composition of the first embodiment has repeating units derived from the specific monomer A. Since the homopolymer of the specific monomer A has a high glass transition temperature, the resist composition of the first embodiment containing the specific acid-decomposable resin A can form a pattern with high film strength. As a result, it is believed that the resist composition of the first embodiment has high resolution (in other words, the critical resolution (nm) is small). Moreover, since the specific monomer A has a high protective group value, the pattern formed by the resist composition of the first embodiment containing the specific acid-decomposable resin A can exhibit excellent dissolution contrast.
  • the pattern formed by the resist composition of the first embodiment has excellent LWR performance. That is, due to the properties of the specific monomer A, it is presumed that the resist composition of the first embodiment has excellent high resolution and that the formed pattern has excellent LWR performance.
  • higher resolution of the resist composition and/or better LWR performance of the pattern formed by the resist composition may be referred to as "more excellent effect of the present invention”.
  • the resist composition of the first embodiment will be described in detail below.
  • the resist composition of the first embodiment may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition. Moreover, it may be a resist composition for alkali development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
  • the resist composition of the first embodiment is typically a chemically amplified resist composition. First, various components of the resist composition of the first embodiment will be described in detail below.
  • the resist composition of the first embodiment contains a resin having repeating units derived from a specific monomer A (specific acid-decomposable resin A).
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin A is a resin that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase its polarity. That is, in the pattern forming method using the resist composition of the first embodiment, typically, when an alkaline developer is employed as the developer, a positive pattern is preferably formed, and the organic developer is used as the developer. When a developer is used, a negative pattern is preferably formed.
  • the specific monomer A is a polymerizable compound having an acid-decomposable group, the homopolymer of which has a glass transition temperature of 220° C. or higher and a protective group value of 3.40 mmol/g or higher.
  • An acid-decomposable group means a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase its polarity.
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin A formed from the specific monomer A having an acid-decomposable group has a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group (hereinafter also referred to as "acid-decomposable repeating unit"). Due to the presence of this acid-decomposable repeating unit, the specific acid-decomposable resin A exhibits properties such that the action of acid increases the polarity, increases the solubility in alkaline developing solutions, and decreases the solubility in organic solvents.
  • An acid-decomposable group is usually a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to form a polar group.
  • the acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which a polar group is protected with a leaving group that leaves under the action of an acid.
  • An acid-decomposable group can be decomposed by the action of an acid to produce a polar group.
  • the polar group is preferably an alkali-soluble group such as a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide group, tris(alkylcarbonyl) Methylene group, acidic group such as tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, and alcoholic hydroxyl group.
  • alkali-soluble group such as a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxy
  • the polar group is preferably a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), or a sulfonic acid group, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • a group is more preferred, and a carboxyl group is even more preferred.
  • Examples of the leaving group that leaves by the action of an acid include groups represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4).
  • Formula (Y1) -C(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
  • Formula (Y3) —C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 38 )
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aryl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group (linear or branched). If possible, these groups preferably have a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom as a substituent. When all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably methyl groups.
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 preferably each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, and Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear alkyl group. more preferred. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine with each other to form a ring (monocyclic or polycyclic).
  • the alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, or t-butyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl groups of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group or cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group or adamantyl group. Polycyclic cycloalkyl groups are preferred.
  • the aryl group represented by Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as phenyl group, naphthyl group and anthryl group.
  • Aralkyl groups of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably aralkyl groups having 7 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl groups of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably vinyl groups.
  • the ring formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group.
  • a cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, or a tetracyclododecanyl group. or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as an adamantyl group, and more preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • a cycloalkyl group formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 together is, for example, a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or , may be substituted with a vinylidene group.
  • a cycloalkyl group one or more (eg, 1 to 2) ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
  • Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group
  • Rx 2 and Rx 3 combine to form the above-described cycloalkyl group.
  • R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R 37 and R 38 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • organic groups include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, aralkyl groups, and alkenyl groups. It is also preferred that R 36 is a hydrogen atom.
  • alkyl group cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group and alkenyl group represented by R 36 to R 38 in formula (Y3), Rx 1 to Rx 3 in formula (Y1) and formula (Y2)
  • the groups described as the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group, and alkenyl group represented by are likewise included.
  • R 37 and R 38 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • R 38 may be bonded to the main chain of the repeating unit in the acid-decomposable repeating unit.
  • R 38 in this case is preferably an alkylene group such as a methylene group.
  • L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group combining these (e.g., a group combining an alkyl group and an aryl group).
  • M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Q is an alkyl group optionally containing a heteroatom, a cycloalkyl group optionally containing a heteroatom, an aryl group optionally containing a heteroatom, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, an aldehyde group, or a group combining these (for example, a group combining an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group).
  • one of the methylene groups may be replaced by a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group.
  • One of L 1 and L 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and the other is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a combination of an alkylene group and an aryl group.
  • At least two of Q, M and L 1 may combine to form a ring (preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring).
  • Q may combine with part of the acid group protected by the group represented by formula (Y3-1) to form a ring.
  • Q may combine with the main chain of the repeating unit to form a ring.
  • L2 is preferably a secondary or tertiary alkyl group, more preferably a tertiary alkyl group.
  • Secondary alkyl groups include isopropyl, cyclohexyl and norbornyl groups, and tertiary alkyl groups include tert-butyl and adamantane groups.
  • the Tg (glass transition temperature) and the activation energy are increased, so that the film strength can be ensured and fogging can be suppressed.
  • Ar represents an aromatic ring group.
  • Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • Rn and Ar may combine with each other to form a non-aromatic ring.
  • Ar is preferably an aryl group.
  • the acid decomposability of the acid-decomposable group repeating unit is more excellent, in the leaving group protecting the polar group, when a non-aromatic ring is directly bonded to the polar group (or its residue), the non-aromatic It is also preferred that the ring member atoms adjacent to the ring member atom directly bonded to the above polar group (or residue thereof) in the group ring do not have halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms as substituents.
  • the leaving group that leaves by the action of an acid also includes a 2-cyclopentenyl group having a substituent (such as an alkyl group) such as a 3-methyl-2-cyclopentenyl group, and a 1,1,4 , 4-tetramethylcyclohexyl group having a substituent (such as an alkyl group) may also be used.
  • a 2-cyclopentenyl group having a substituent such as an alkyl group
  • a 1,1,4 , 4-tetramethylcyclohexyl group having a substituent such as an alkyl group
  • a preferred embodiment of the acid-decomposable group is an acid-decomposable group represented by the following general formula (O1) in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • R 11 to R 13 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group and the alkenyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the cycloalkyl group and the aryl group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • Two of R 11 to R 13 may combine with each other to form a ring, but it is preferred that they do not form a ring from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • * represents the binding site. All of R 11 to R 13 are preferably alkyl groups (linear or branched). When all of R 11 to R 13 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), at least two of R 11 to R 13 are preferably methyl groups.
  • the alkyl group for R 11 to R 13 an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group for R 11 to R 13 includes a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, or an adamantyl group. Ring cycloalkyl groups are preferred.
  • As the aryl group for R 11 to R 13 an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • a vinyl group is preferred as the alkenyl group for R 11 to R 13 .
  • the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of R 11 to R 13 may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. Single-membered cycloalkyl groups are more preferred.
  • the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of R 11 to R 13 includes, for example, a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, Alternatively, it may be substituted with a vinylidene group. In these cycloalkyl groups, one or more ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
  • alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group and aryl group represented by R 11 to R 13 may have a substituent.
  • substituents include alkyl groups (1 to 4 carbon atoms), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups (1 to 4 carbon atoms), carboxyl groups, and alkoxycarbonyl groups (2 to 6 carbon atoms).
  • the number of acid-decomposable groups in the specific monomer A is not limited as long as it is 1 or more, but it is preferably 2 or more in terms of the effect of the present invention being more excellent.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, it is, for example, 8 or less, preferably 6 or less, and more preferably 4 or less.
  • the specific monomer A is a polymerizable compound whose homopolymer has a glass transition temperature of 220°C or higher.
  • the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the specific monomer A intends a value measured by the following method.
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • ⁇ 1> Synthesized with a charging composition of 30% by mass of specific monomer A and 70% by mass of cyclohexyl methacrylate, and having a weight average molecular weight of 60,000 or more (preferably, a weight average molecular weight of 60,000 to 100,000) to obtain a copolymer P1 of ⁇ 2>
  • DSC differential thermal calorimeter
  • Tg represents the Tg (K) of copolymer P1.
  • Tg1 represents the homopolymer Tg (K) of the specific monomer A.
  • Tg2 represents the homopolymer Tg(K) of cyclohexyl methacrylate.
  • w1 represents the mass fraction of repeating units derived from the specific monomer A with respect to all repeating units in the copolymer P1.
  • w2 represents the mass fraction of repeating units derived from the homopolymer of cyclohexyl methacrylate with respect to all repeating units in copolymer P1.
  • w1 is set to 0.3 and w2 is set to 0.7.
  • a differential scanning calorimeter “DSC-60 Plus measurement system” manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation can be used.
  • the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the specific monomer A is preferably 220° C. or higher, more preferably 250° C. or higher, and even more preferably 280° C. or higher, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent. , 300° C. or higher is particularly preferred. Although the upper limit is not particularly limited, it is preferably 400° C. or less.
  • the protective group value of specific monomer A is 3.40 mmol/g or more.
  • the protective group value represents the molar amount (mmol/g) of the acid-decomposable group relative to the mass of the specific monomer A (polymerizable compound).
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, it is preferably 6.0 mmol/g or less.
  • the protective group value is preferably 3.50 mmol/g or more, and more preferably 3.60 mmol/g or more, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the molecular weight of the specific monomer A is not particularly limited, it is preferably 400 or more, for example.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, and even more preferably 700 or less.
  • the specific monomer A has a polymerizable group.
  • the type of the polymerizable group is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, a radically polymerizable group and a cationic polymerizable group, preferably a radically polymerizable group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • Types of ethylenically unsaturated groups include, for example, a vinyl group, a maleimide group, and CH 2 ⁇ CR T — (R T represents a halogen atom (eg, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom).
  • a halogen atom e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, and iodine atom
  • the specific monomer A is preferably a (meth)acrylic compound.
  • the polymerizable group is more preferably a methacryl group because the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the specific monomer A is preferably a monofunctional monomer.
  • the specific monomer A preferably contains one or more of an aromatic ring and an aliphatic heterocyclic ring from the viewpoint of setting the glass transition temperature to a predetermined value or higher.
  • the aromatic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 5 to 20 ring member atoms.
  • the aromatic ring group may have one or more (eg, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, etc.) as ring member atoms.
  • aromatic rings examples include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, tolylene ring, anthracene ring, thiophene ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, benzothiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzopyrrole ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, and triazole.
  • a ring, a thiadiazole ring, a thiazole ring and the like can be mentioned, and a benzene ring is preferred.
  • the aliphatic heterocycle may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may be bridged.
  • the fact that the aliphatic heterocyclic ring has a bridged structure refers to a compound having a bridged structure such as norbornene.
  • the number of ring member atoms in the aliphatic heterocycle is preferably 5-20.
  • Aliphatic heterocycles contain one or more (eg, 1 to 5) heteroatoms as ring member atoms.
  • an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, etc. are mentioned as a heteroatom.
  • at least one or more of the ring member atoms of the aliphatic heterocycle may be substituted with carbonyl carbon.
  • aliphatic heterocyclic ring for example, in the following aliphatic hydrocarbon rings (1) to (50), at least one of the ring member atoms is substituted by a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom. is mentioned. In addition, at least one or more of the ring member atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon rings (1) to (50) shown below may be substituted with carbonyl carbon.
  • the aliphatic heterocycle is preferably a polycyclic aliphatic heterocycle (aliphatic heterocycle having a polycyclic structure) from the viewpoint of setting the glass transition temperature to a predetermined value or higher, especially a bridged type. It is more preferable to have
  • the specific polymer A may contain only one or more aromatic rings, may contain one or more aliphatic heterocycles, or may contain one or more aromatic rings and one or more aliphatic heterocycles. good too. Moreover, when the specific polymer A contains one or more aromatic rings and one or more aliphatic heterocycles, the aromatic rings and the aliphatic heterocycles may form a polycyclic structure. In addition, the aromatic ring and the aliphatic heterocyclic ring may further have a substituent.
  • a preferred embodiment of the specific polymer A is a polymerizable compound having an aliphatic heterocycle with a polycyclic structure or a polymerizable compound having an aromatic ring.
  • Specific examples of the specific polymer A include compounds represented by the following general formula (A1).
  • Y represents a polymerizable group.
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Z represents a (p+1)-valent cyclic structural moiety containing one or more selected from an aromatic ring and an aliphatic heterocycle.
  • R represents an acid-decomposable group.
  • p represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • Examples of the polymerizable group represented by Y include the polymerizable groups described above.
  • a maleimide group or a (meth)acryl group is preferable, a maleimide group or a methacryl group is more preferable, and a methacryl group is even more preferable, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L include -CO-, -NR d -, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, and an alkenylene group.
  • a divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, and a divalent linking group combining a plurality of these groups.
  • the alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, alkenylene group, divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group, divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, and divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group described above further have a substituent.
  • R d in —NR d — above represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the organic group is preferably an alkyl group (eg, 1 to 6 carbon atoms).
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched. Also, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 6.
  • the cycloalkylene group preferably has 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenylene group preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group is preferably a ring having 5 to 10 ring member atoms and having a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom as a ring member atom. .
  • Examples of divalent aliphatic heterocyclic groups include groups represented by the following formulas. In the formula, each Rg independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent (preferably a hydroxyl group or the like as the substituent), and * represents a bonding position.
  • the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably a ring having 5 to 10 ring-member atoms having a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom as a ring-member atom.
  • Examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include rings having 6 to 10 ring members.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L contains a divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group
  • a divalent aliphatic A heterocyclic group, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is also preferably arranged at a position adjacent to Z specified in general formula (A1).
  • the position adjacent to Z specified in general formula (A1) is a divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. is also preferred.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L includes, among others, —CO—, —NR d —, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group, and a divalent aliphatic A heterocyclic group, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, and a divalent linking group combining a plurality of these groups are preferred.
  • Examples of the above-mentioned "a divalent linking group combining a plurality of these" include -alkylene group -O-alkylene group -phenylene group- and the like.
  • Z represents a cyclic structural moiety containing one or more selected from aromatic rings and aliphatic heterocycles.
  • the aromatic ring and the aliphatic aromatic ring are as described above.
  • a cyclic structural site is a p+1-valent group composed of a ring that may have a substituent.
  • the above ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and includes aromatic rings, aliphatic heterocycles, and polycyclic rings formed by an aromatic ring and an aliphatic heterocycle.
  • the cyclic structural part may have a substituent.
  • substituteduent as used herein means any substituent other than the group represented by YL- and R in general formula (A1).
  • substituents include, but are not limited to, hydroxyl groups, phenyl groups, cyano groups, halogen atoms, alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, alkoxy groups, and carboxy groups. In addition, these substituents may further have a substituent.
  • ring constituting the cyclic structural moiety represented by Z include, in addition to the rings exemplified above as specific examples of the aromatic ring and the above aliphatic aromatic ring, the following rings. be done.
  • the rings exemplified in the upper part as specific examples of the aromatic ring and the above aliphatic aromatic ring, and the rings shown below are represented by Z by removing p + 1 hydrogen atoms possessed by the ring member atoms. Forms a cyclic structure.
  • Rg, Rg 1 , and Rg 1 represents a hydrogen atom
  • the cyclic structural moiety represented by Z is obtained by removing this hydrogen atom.
  • formula (AT1-1) which will be described later, a hydrogen atom that can be bonded to the carbon atoms of two benzene rings specified in the formula (where n3 is not 4, the benzene ring has a hydrogen atom.
  • Rg 1 and Rg 2 representing hydrogen atoms are removed from p + 1 hydrogen atoms to form a cyclic structure represented by Z form a part.
  • Rg, Rg 1 , and Rg 2 representing hydrogen atoms are removed from p+1 hydrogen atoms.
  • Specific examples of the ring constituting the cyclic structural moiety represented by Z are not limited to these.
  • Monocyclic or polycyclic 5- to 7-membered lactone rings for example, those represented by the following formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21).
  • substituent (Rb 2 ) include a hydroxyl group, a phenyl group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a carboxy group.
  • n2 represents, for example, an integer of 0 to 4 (preferably an integer of 0 to 2). When n2 is 2, multiple Rb 2 may be different, and multiple Rb 2 may combine to form a ring.
  • one or more methylene groups eg, 1 to 2 not adjacent to -COO- or -O- among the ring member atoms of the lactone ring below are replaced with a hetero atom such as -O- or -S- may
  • a monocyclic or polycyclic 5- to 7-membered sultone ring for example, those represented by the following formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3).
  • the substituents (Rb 2 ) and n2 can be explained in the same manner as the substituents (Rb 2 ) and n2 in the lactone structure. Further, one or more methylene groups (eg, 1 to 2) not adjacent to -COO- or -O- among the ring member atoms of the sultone ring are replaced with heteroatoms such as -O- or -S- good too.
  • Examples other than the lactone ring and sultone ring described above include the following formulas (AT1-1) to (AT1-3).
  • Rf represents a substituent, and examples thereof include those similar to the substituent (Rb 2 ) in the lactone structure.
  • n3 represents, for example, an integer of 0 to 4 (preferably an integer of 0 to 2). When n3 is 2 or more, multiple Rf's may be different, and multiple Rf's may combine to form a ring.
  • Rg, Rg 1 and Rg 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Substituents represented by Rg, Rg 1 and Rg 2 include those similar to the substituent (Rb 2 ) in the lactone structure.
  • any one or more (preferably two or more) of Rg 1 represents a hydrogen atom, and by removing the hydrogen atom, the general formula (A1 ) is preferably formed. It is also preferable that Rg 2 represents a hydrogen atom, and removal of this hydrogen atom forms a bond with the group represented by YL- in general formula (A1).
  • the ring represented by the following general formula (AT1-1) has 9,10-dihydroanthracene as its basic skeleton.
  • R represents an acid-decomposable group.
  • Examples of the acid-decomposable group represented by R include the above-described acid-decomposable groups, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • p represents an integer of 1 or more. As p, 2 to 6 are preferable, 2 to 4 are more preferable, and 2 is even more preferable in that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin A contains repeating units derived from the specific monomer A as acid-decomposable repeating units.
  • the repeating units derived from the specific monomer A may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the lower limit of the content of repeating units derived from the specific monomer A is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and 30% by mass or more, based on the total repeating units of the specific acid-decomposable resin A. is more preferable, and 40% by mass or more is particularly preferable.
  • 100 mass % or less is preferable, 90 mass % or less is more preferable, and 85 mass % or less is still more preferable.
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin A may contain acid-decomposable repeating units other than the repeating units derived from the specific monomer A as acid-decomposable repeating units.
  • Other acid-decomposable repeating units include repeating units derived from the above-mentioned acid-decomposable group-containing (meth)acrylic compounds.
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin A may have a repeating unit having an acid group.
  • the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably a repeating unit different from the repeating units described above.
  • an acid group having a pKa of 13 or less is preferable.
  • the acid dissociation constant of the acid group is preferably 13 or less, more preferably 3-13, and even more preferably 5-10.
  • the content of the acid group in the specific acid-decomposable resin A is not particularly limited, but may be 0.2 to 6.0 mmol/g. many.
  • the acid group is preferably, for example, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an aromatic hydroxyl group (phenolic hydroxyl group), a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, or an isopropanol group. .
  • one or more (preferably 1 to 2) fluorine atoms may be substituted with a group other than a fluorine atom (such as an alkoxycarbonyl group).
  • —C(CF 3 )(OH)—CF 2 — thus formed is also preferred as an acid group.
  • one or more of the fluorine atoms may be substituted with a group other than a fluorine atom to form a ring containing -C(CF 3 )(OH)-CF 2 -.
  • a repeating unit having an acid group may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
  • the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably a repeating unit represented by general formula (B).
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
  • the organic group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom is preferably a group represented by -L 4 -R 8 .
  • L4 represents a single bond or an ester group.
  • R 8 is an alkyl group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a cycloalkyl group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, an aryl group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, Alternatively, a group obtained by combining these may be mentioned.
  • R4 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, or an alkyl group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
  • L 2 is a single bond, an ester group, or —CO—, —O—, or an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. It may be linear or branched. In addition, —CH 2 — is optionally substituted with a halogen atom) represents a divalent group formed by combining.
  • L 3 represents an (n+m+1)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or an (n+m+1)-valent alicyclic hydrocarbon ring group.
  • Aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups include a benzene ring group and a naphthalene ring group.
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon ring group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and examples thereof include cycloalkyl ring groups, norbornene ring groups, and adamantane ring groups.
  • R6 represents a hydroxyl group or a fluorinated alcohol group.
  • the fluorinated alcohol group is preferably a group represented by the following formula (3L).
  • L6X represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group is not particularly limited, examples thereof include -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, linear or a branched chain), and a divalent linking group combining a plurality of these.
  • RA includes a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the said alkylene group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include halogen atoms (preferably fluorine atoms) and hydroxyl groups.
  • R6X represents a hexafluoroisopropanol group.
  • L 3 is also preferably an (n+m+1)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group.
  • R7 represents a halogen atom.
  • m represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • m is preferably an integer of 1-3, more preferably an integer of 1-2.
  • n represents an integer of 0 or 1 or more.
  • n is preferably an integer of 1-4. (n+m+1) is preferably an integer of 1-5.
  • the repeating unit having an acid group is also preferably a repeating unit represented by general formula (A2).
  • the repeating unit represented by general formula (A2) is a repeating unit having an aromatic hydroxyl group as an acid group.
  • R 101 , R 102 and R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched; for example, 1 to 6 carbon atoms), or a cycloalkyl group. (monocyclic or polycyclic; for example, 3 to 15 ring members), halogen atom, cyano group, or alkoxycarbonyl group (for example, 2 to 7 carbon atoms; the alkyl group portion may be linear or branched) represents
  • LA represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by LA in the general formula ( A2 ) include -CO-, -NR-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2 -, an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), 2 a valent aliphatic heterocyclic group (preferably a ring having 5 to 10 ring-member atoms having at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom or selenium atom as a ring-member atom), divalent aromatic heterocyclic group Ring group (preferably at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, or a ring having 5 to 10 ring-member atoms having a selenium atom as a
  • Ar A represents an aromatic ring group (such as a benzene ring group).
  • the aromatic ring group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may or may not have one or more (eg, 1 to 3) heteroatoms as ring member atoms.
  • the number of ring member atoms of the aromatic ring group is preferably 5-15.
  • k represents an integer of 1-5.
  • R 102 may be bonded to Ar 2 A , in which case R 102 represents a single bond or an alkylene group (either linear or branched, having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, for example).
  • R 102 represents a single bond or an alkylene group (either linear or branched, having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, for example).
  • the aromatic ring group represented by Ar 1 A is bonded to the carbon atom constituting the main chain (the carbon atom to which R 101 is bonded) via the above single bond or the above alkylene group.
  • repeating units having an acid group examples are shown below.
  • a 1 or 2.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a represents 2 or 3.
  • the repeating units having an acid group may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of repeating units having an acid group is preferably 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 5 to 60% by mass, and still more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, based on the total repeating units of the specific acid-decomposable resin A. , 15 to 50% by weight are particularly preferred.
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin A also preferably has a repeating unit having a lactone group.
  • the repeating unit having a lactone group is preferably a repeating unit different from the repeating units described above.
  • the repeating unit having a lactone group may also serve as the above-described repeating unit (for example, the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group).
  • the lactone group may have a lactone structure.
  • the lactone structure is preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure. Among them, those in which a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure is condensed with another ring structure to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure are more preferable.
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin A has a lactone group obtained by extracting one or more (for example, one or two) hydrogen atoms from a lactone structure represented by any of the following formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21). It is preferable to have a repeating unit having Alternatively, the lactone group may be directly attached to the main chain.
  • the ring member atoms of the lactone group may constitute the main chain of the specific acid-decomposable resin A.
  • the lactone structure may have a substituent (Rb 2 ).
  • substituent (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and carboxyl. group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a group containing an acid-decomposable group (which may be the acid-decomposable group itself), and a group consisting of a combination thereof.
  • n2 represents an integer of 0-4.
  • n2 is 2 or more
  • multiple Rb 2 may be different, and multiple Rb 2 may combine to form a ring.
  • the ring member atoms of the lactone structure one or more (eg, 1 to 2) methylene groups not adjacent to -COO- or -O- may be replaced with heteroatoms such as -O- or -S- good.
  • repeating units having a lactone group examples include repeating units represented by the following general formula (AI).
  • Rb 0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Preferred substituents that the alkyl group of Rb 0 may have include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom.
  • Halogen atoms for Rb 0 include fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms.
  • Rb 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • Ab is a single bond, an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a combination of these divalent groups represents Among them, a single bond or a linking group represented by -Ab 1 -CO 2 - is preferred.
  • Ab 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkylene group, preferably a methylene group, ethylene group, cyclohexylene group, adamantylene group or norbornylene group.
  • V represents a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a ring member atom of the lactone structure represented by any one of formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21).
  • a repeating unit having a lactone group may be, for example, a repeating unit represented by general formula (AII) or (AIII).
  • each RIII independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • RIII is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • ahd 1 is a group obtained by extracting hydrogen atoms one by one from adjacent ring member atoms of the lactone structure represented by any one of formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21).
  • ahd 2 is a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from one of the ring member atoms of the lactone structure represented by any one of formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21). show.
  • any optical isomer may be used.
  • one kind of optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used.
  • its optical purity (ee) is preferably 90 or more, more preferably 95 or more.
  • a repeating unit having a lactone group may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of repeating units having a lactone group is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 3 to 40% by mass, and further preferably 5 to 30% by mass, based on the total repeating units in the specific acid-decomposable resin A. Preferably, 5 to 20% by weight is particularly preferred.
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin A may contain other repeating units.
  • Other repeating units include, for example, repeating units listed in paragraphs [0074] to [0079], [0090] to [0100], and [0103] to [0133] of WO2018/193954, Repeating units listed in paragraphs [0152] to [00173] of WO2020/004306, sultone groups or carbonate groups listed in paragraphs [0042] to [0059] of WO2019/167481 and a repeating unit having
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin A has various repeating structures for the purpose of adjusting dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, resolution, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc. May have units.
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin A can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
  • the weight-average molecular weight of the specific acid-decomposable resin A is preferably from 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably from 3,000 to 20,000, and further from 5,000 to 15,000 as a polystyrene equivalent value by the GPC method. preferable.
  • deterioration of heat resistance and dry etching resistance can be further suppressed.
  • the dispersion degree (molecular weight distribution) of the specific acid-decomposable resin A is usually 1.0 to 5.0, preferably 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.2 to 3.0, and 1.2. ⁇ 2.0 is more preferred.
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin A may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the specific acid-decomposable resin A is preferably 10 to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 60 to 99.5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • 70 to 99% by mass is more preferable, and 80 to 99% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • solid content intends the component which forms a resist film, and does not include a solvent.
  • it is regarded as a solid content even if its property is liquid.
  • the resist composition of the first embodiment contains a photoacid generator.
  • a photoacid generator is a compound that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
  • the photoacid generator is preferably a low-molecular-weight compound, and its molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, and even more preferably 1,000 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight is, for example, 100 or more.
  • the photoacid generator is not particularly limited, a compound that generates an organic acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation (preferably electron beams or extreme ultraviolet rays) or heating is preferred.
  • the organic acid for example, at least one of sulfonic acid, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide is preferable.
  • the photoacid generator may be an ionic compound or a nonionic compound.
  • the photoacid generator that is an ionic compound may be an onium salt photoacid generator or an inner salt (betaine compound).
  • Photoacid generator that is an onium salt Photoacid generators that are onium salts usually have a cation site and an anion site.
  • Photoacid generators that are onium salts include, for example, compounds represented by “M p+ m X q ⁇ n ”. In “M p+ m X q ⁇ n ”, p, q, m and n each independently represent an integer of 1 or more (preferably 1 to 8).
  • M p+ represents an organic cation with charge p.
  • the organic cation may contain a cation site as a part thereof, or may be the cation site itself.
  • the organic cation is preferably the cation site itself.
  • X q- represents an organic anion with charge q.
  • the organic anion may contain an anion site as a part thereof, or may be the anion site itself.
  • the organic anion preferably contains an anion site as part.
  • M p+ and X q ⁇ may be the same or different when there are a plurality of them.
  • the value obtained by multiplying the average value of p in M p+ , which may exist in plural numbers, by m is the same value as the value obtained by multiplying the average value of q in X q ⁇ , which may exist in plural numbers, by n.
  • p is preferably 1.
  • p is 1, q is 2 to 8, m is the same as q, and n is 1.
  • the cation site is a structural site containing a positively charged atom or atomic group, and is preferably, for example, a monovalent organic cation.
  • the organic cations are each independently preferably an organic cation represented by the formula (ZaI) (cation (ZaI)) or an organic cation represented by the formula (ZaII) (cation (ZaII)).
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is generally 1-30, preferably 1-20.
  • two of R 201 to R 203 may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group.
  • Groups formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include, for example, an alkylene group (eg, a butylene group and a pentylene group), and —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 — are mentioned.
  • Preferred embodiments of the organic cation in the formula (ZaI) include the cation (ZaI-1), the organic cation represented by the formula (ZaI-3b) (cation (ZaI-3b)), and the formula (ZaI), which will be described later. -4b) (cation (ZaI-4b)).
  • Cation (ZaI-1) is an arylsulfonium cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZaI) above is an aryl group.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, or part of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups and the rest may be alkyl groups or cycloalkyl groups.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remaining two of R 201 to R 203 may combine to form a ring structure, in which an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, It may contain an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group.
  • groups formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include alkylene group AL, -aromatic ring group-alkylene group AL-aromatic ring group-, -aromatic ring group-aromatic ring group-, and , -aromatic ring group -O-aromatic ring group-.
  • the alkylene group AL is an alkylene group which may be linear or branched.
  • one or more methylene groups constituting the alkylene group AL may be substituted with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group and/or a carbonyl group.
  • the alkylene group AL includes, for example, a butylene group, a pentylene group, and —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 —).
  • Arylsulfonium cations include, for example, triarylsulfonium cations, diarylalkylsulfonium cations, aryldialkylsulfonium cations, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium cations, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium cations.
  • Two of the aryl groups in the triarylsulfonium cation, the diarylalkylsulfonium cation, and the diarylcycloalkylsulfonium cation are a single bond or a divalent linking group (—O—, —S—, an alkylene group, or group consisting of a combination of these, etc.).
  • the aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Heterocyclic structures include pyrrole residues, furan residues, thiophene residues, indole residues, benzofuran residues, and benzothiophene residues.
  • the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group optionally possessed by the arylsulfonium cation is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or 3 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • 15 cycloalkyl groups are preferred, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclohexyl and the like are more preferred.
  • the substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 may have are each independently an alkyl group (eg, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) or a cycloalkyl group (eg, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms). 3 to 15), aryl groups (eg, 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkylalkoxy groups (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkylsulfonyl groups (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms).
  • halogen atoms eg, fluorine, iodine
  • hydroxyl groups carboxyl groups, ester group-containing groups, sulfinyl group-containing groups, sulfonyl group-containing groups, alkylthio groups, phenylthio groups, and the like are preferred.
  • the above substituents may further have a substituent if possible.
  • the above alkyl group may have a halogen atom as a substituent to form a halogenated alkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group. preferable.
  • the above substituents form an acid-decomposable group by any combination.
  • the acid-decomposable group is intended to be a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a leaving group that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • the polar group and leaving group are as described above.
  • the cation (ZaI-3b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-3b).
  • R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, or a hydroxyl group , represents a nitro group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group.
  • R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (such as a t-butyl group), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
  • R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group. It is also preferable that the substituents of R 1c to R 7c , R x and R y independently form an acid-decomposable group by any combination of substituents.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y are each bonded to each other to form a ring
  • Each ring may independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
  • Examples of the ring include aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings, aromatic or non-aromatic hetero rings, and polycyclic condensed rings in which two or more of these rings are combined.
  • the ring includes a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • Examples of groups formed by bonding two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include alkylene groups such as a butylene group and a pentylene group. A methylene group in this alkylene group may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom.
  • the group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • the alkylene group includes a methylene group, an ethylene group, and the like.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 6c , R 7c , R x , R y , and two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and the ring formed by combining R x and R y with each other may have a substituent.
  • the cation (ZaI-4b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-4b).
  • a halogen atom e.g., fluorine atom, iodine atom, etc.
  • R 13 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine atom, iodine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a halogenated al
  • R 14 is a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine atom, iodine atom, etc.), an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cyclo It represents a group having an alkyl group (either a cycloalkyl group itself or a group partially containing a cycloalkyl group). These groups may have a substituent.
  • R 14 each independently represent the above groups such as a hydroxyl group when there are more than one.
  • Each R15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group.
  • Two R 15 may be joined together to form a ring.
  • the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • two R 15 are alkylene groups, preferably joined together to form a ring structure.
  • the ring formed by combining the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the naphthyl group, and the two R 15 groups may have a substituent.
  • the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-10. More preferably, the alkyl group is a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group, or the like. It is also preferred that the substituents of R 13 to R 15 , R x and R y each independently form an acid-decomposable group by any combination of substituents.
  • R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group for R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group for R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic ring having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like.
  • Skeletons of heterocyclic aryl groups include, for example, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 are linear alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or branched alkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl or a pentyl group) or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group).
  • the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent.
  • substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include an alkyl group (eg, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (eg, having 3 carbon atoms). 15), aryl groups (eg, 6 to 15 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, and phenylthio groups. It is also preferred that the substituents of R 204 and R 205 each independently form an acid-decomposable group by any combination of substituents.
  • Organic anions examples include phenolic hydroxyl anions, sulfonate anions (aliphatic sulfonate anions, aromatic sulfonate anions, camphorsulfonate anions, etc.), carboxylate anions (aliphatic carboxylate anions, aromatic carboxylate anion, aralkyl carboxylate anion, formate anion, hydrogen carbonate anion, etc.), carbonylsulfonylimidate anion, bis(sulfonyl)imide anion (bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion, etc.), bis(carbonyl)imide anions and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anions.
  • the aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and the aliphatic carboxylate anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or , is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be, for example, a fluoroalkyl group (which may or may not have a substituent other than a fluorine atom, and may be a perfluoroalkyl group).
  • the above cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and one or more (preferably 1 to 2) —CH 2 — constituting the ring structure is a hetero atom (—O— or —S—, etc.), — It may be substituted with SO 2 —, —SO 3 —, an ester group, or a carbonyl group.
  • the aryl group in the aromatic sulfonate anion and the aromatic carboxylate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group listed above may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, but specifically includes a nitro group, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), Acyl group (preferably with 2 to 12 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably with 2 to 7 carbon atoms), alkylthio group (preferably with 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonyl group (preferably with 1 to 15 carbon atoms)
  • the aralkyl group in the aralkylcarboxylate anion is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a naphthylethyl group, and a naphthylbutyl group.
  • Sulfonylimide anions include, for example, saccharin anions.
  • alkyl group in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion and the tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • substituents of these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, halogen-substituted alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkyloxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, and cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl groups.
  • a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred.
  • the alkyl groups in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion may combine with each other to form a ring structure.
  • organic anions examples include aliphatic sulfonate anions in which at least the ⁇ -position of a sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom (aliphatic sulfonate anions in which one or two fluorine atoms are substituted in the ⁇ -position, etc.), Aliphatic sulfonate anions not substituted with fluorine atoms (aliphatic sulfonate anions not substituted with fluorine atoms at the ⁇ -position and substituted with 0 to 3 fluorine atoms or perfluoroalkyl groups at the ⁇ -position, etc.) , an aromatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, a bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion having an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a tris(alkyl Sulfonyl)methide an
  • an anion represented by the following formula (AN) is also preferable.
  • o represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • p represents an integer from 0 to 10;
  • q represents an integer from 0 to 10;
  • AX represents -SO 3 - or -COO - .
  • Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms in this alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-4.
  • a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable as the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a C 1-4 perfluoroalkyl group, more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is more preferable that both Xf are fluorine atoms.
  • R4 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When multiple R 4 and R 5 are present, each of R 4 and R 5 may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl groups represented by R 4 and R 5 may have substituents other than fluorine atoms, and preferably have 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specific examples and preferred aspects of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom are the same as those of Xf.
  • R 4 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • one of R 4 and R 5 bonded to the same carbon atom is a hydrogen atom and the other is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • the —C(R 4 )(R 5 )— at the first and/or second closest position to AX are bonded to the same carbon atom, and one of R 4 and R 5 is a hydrogen atom, is also preferably a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (a substitution other than a fluorine atom). may have a group) is also preferred.
  • L represents a divalent linking group.
  • divalent linking groups include -O-CO-O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and combinations of these A divalent linking group and the like are included.
  • W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure.
  • a cyclic organic group is preferable.
  • Cyclic organic groups include, for example, alicyclic groups, aryl groups, and heterocyclic groups.
  • the alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • Monocyclic alicyclic groups include, for example, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • the polycyclic alicyclic group includes, for example, a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as an adamantyl group.
  • alicyclic groups having a bulky structure with 7 or more carbon atoms such as norbornyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecanyl, and adamantyl groups, are preferred.
  • Aryl groups may be monocyclic or polycyclic. This aryl group includes, for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group.
  • a heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may or may not have aromaticity. Heterocyclic rings having aromaticity include, for example, furan ring, thiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, and pyridine ring.
  • Non-aromatic heterocycles include, for example, a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
  • a heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group a furan ring, thiophene ring, pyridine ring, or decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferred.
  • the cyclic organic group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include alkyl groups (either linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (monocyclic, polycyclic, and spirocyclic). any group, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, ester group, amide group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide and sulfonate ester groups.
  • carbonyl carbon may be sufficient as carbon (carbon which contributes to ring formation) which comprises a cyclic
  • Examples of anions represented by the formula (AN) include AX-CF 2 -CH 2 -OCO-(L)q'-W, AX-CF 2 -CHF-CH 2 -OCO-(L)q'-W, AX-CF2 - COO-(L)q'-W, AX-CF2 - CF2 - CH2 - CH2-(L)qW, or AX-CF2 - CH( CF3 )-OCO -(L)q'-W is preferred.
  • AX, L, q and W are the same as in Formula (AN).
  • q' represents an integer from 0 to 10;
  • the photoacid generator which is an inner salt, preferably has a sulfonate anion or a carboxylate anion (preferably an aromatic sulfonate or an aromatic carboxylate anion), and further has a sulfonium cation or an iodine cation. It is also preferable to have Examples of photoacid generators that are inner salts include compound (ZbI) and compound (ZbII).
  • the above compound (ZbI) is characterized in that one of R 201 to R 203 in the above general formula (ZaI) is an aryl group having a group containing —SO 3 — or —COO— as a substituent.
  • the above compound (ZbII) is characterized in that, in the above general formula (ZaII), one of R 204 and R 205 is an aryl group having a group containing -SO 3 - or -COO- as a substituent. It is a compound represented by a newly defined general formula.
  • the group containing —SO 3 — or —COO — in the compound (ZbI) and the compound (ZbII) is, for example, an organic anion represented by the formula (AN) shown in the explanation of the organic anion.
  • a group to be excluded (a group represented by "AX-[C(Xf)(Xf)] o- [C( R4 ) ( R5)] p- (L) q- ") can be mentioned.
  • a photoacid generator that is an inner salt is exemplified.
  • the numerical value shown near the site where the hydrogen atom of the acid group is substituted with a cation is the acid formed assuming that the hydrogen atom is not substituted with a cation.
  • the pKa of the groups are shown. In other words, the pKa shown below is the acid group (anionic functional group group).
  • the photoacid generator may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the photoacid generator in the resist composition of the first embodiment is preferably 0.5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resist composition. , 1 to 30 mass % is more preferable.
  • the resist composition of the first embodiment may contain a hydrophobic resin different from the specific acid-decomposable resin A in addition to the specific acid-decomposable resin A.
  • the hydrophobic resin is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film. may not contribute to Effects of the addition of the hydrophobic resin include control of the static and dynamic contact angles of the resist film surface with respect to water, suppression of outgassing, and the like.
  • the hydrophobic resin has one or more of "fluorine atoms", “silicon atoms”, and " CH3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin" from the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the film surface layer. is preferred, and having two or more is more preferred. Moreover, the hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups may be present in the main chain of the resin or may be substituted on the side chain. Hydrophobic resins include compounds described in paragraphs [0275] to [0279] of WO2020/004306.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resist composition. % by mass is more preferred, 0.1 to 10% by mass is even more preferred, and 0.1 to 5.0% by mass is particularly preferred.
  • the resist composition of the first embodiment may contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant When a surfactant is contained, the adhesion is better and a pattern with fewer development defects can be formed.
  • the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant.
  • fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants for example, surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of WO2018/19395 can be used.
  • the resist composition of the first embodiment contains a surfactant, its content is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. preferable.
  • One type of surfactant may be used alone, or two or more types may be used. When two or more are used, the total content is preferably within the range of the preferred content.
  • the resist composition of the first embodiment may contain a solvent.
  • Solvents include (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and (M2) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactate, acetate, alkoxypropionate, linear ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate. It is preferable to include at least one selected from the group consisting of: This solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).
  • the content of components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass relative to the total amount of the solvent.
  • a solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types.
  • the content of the solvent in the resist composition of the first embodiment is preferably determined so that the solid content concentration is 30% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, and 2% by mass or less. It is more preferable to define as follows.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.5% by mass or more. More preferred. By doing so, the coatability of the resist composition can be further improved.
  • the solvent content in the resist composition of the first embodiment is preferably 70 to 99.95% by mass, more preferably 90 to 99.9% by mass, relative to the total mass of the resist composition. 98 to 99.5% by mass is more preferable.
  • the resist composition of the first embodiment includes an acid diffusion control agent, a dissolution inhibiting compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, and/or a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (carboxylic acid group alicyclic or aliphatic compounds containing) may further be included.
  • the resist composition of the first embodiment may further contain a dissolution inhibiting compound.
  • dissolution inhibiting compound as used herein means a compound having a molecular weight of 3000 or less, which is decomposed by the action of an acid to reduce its solubility in an organic developer.
  • the resist composition of the first embodiment is also suitably used as a photosensitive composition for EUV exposure or a photosensitive composition for electron beam exposure.
  • EUV light and electron beams are greatly affected by "photon shot noise" in which the number of photons stochastically varies, and are likely to cause deterioration of LER and bridge defects.
  • photon shot noise To reduce the photon shot noise, there is a method of increasing the number of incident photons by increasing the amount of exposure, but this tends to be a trade-off with the demand for higher sensitivity.
  • the A value obtained by the following formula (1) is high, the EUV and electron beam absorption efficiency of the resist film formed from the resist composition is high, which is effective in reducing photon shot noise.
  • the A value represents the EUV and electron beam absorption efficiency of the mass ratio of the resist film.
  • A ([H] x 0.04 + [C] x 1.0 + [N] x 2.1 + [O] x 3.6 + [F] x 5.6 + [S] x 1.5 + [I] ⁇ 39.5) / ([H] ⁇ 1 + [C] ⁇ 12 + [N] ⁇ 14 + [O] ⁇ 16 + [F] ⁇ 19 + [S] ⁇ 32 + [I] ⁇ 127)
  • the A value is preferably 0.120 or more. Although the upper limit is not particularly limited, if the A value is too large, the EUV and electron beam transmittance of the resist film will decrease, the optical image profile in the resist film will deteriorate, and as a result, it will be difficult to obtain a good pattern shape. , is preferably 0.240 or less, more preferably 0.220 or less.
  • [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from the total solid content to the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
  • [C] represents the molar ratio of carbon atoms derived from the total solid content to the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
  • [N] is the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin
  • [O] is the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
  • [F] represents the molar ratio of fluorine atoms derived from the total solid content to the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin
  • [S] represents the molar ratio of sulfur atoms derived from the total solid content to the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
  • [I] is the actinic ray-sensitive represents the molar ratio of iodine atoms derived from the total solid content to the total atoms of the total solid content in the curable or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the resist composition contains a specific acid-decomposable resin A, a photoacid generator, and a solvent
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin A and the photoacid generator correspond to the solid content.
  • the total atoms of the total solid content correspond to the sum of all atoms derived from the specific acid-decomposable resin A and all atoms derived from the photoacid generator.
  • [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from the total solid content to the total atoms of the total solid content. It represents the molar ratio of the sum of the hydrogen atoms derived from the resin and the hydrogen atoms derived from the photoacid generator to the sum of all atoms derived from the photoacid generator.
  • the A value can be calculated by calculating the contained atomic ratio when the structure and content of the constituent components of the total solid content in the resist composition are known. Further, even if the constituent components are unknown, the constituent atomic number ratio can be calculated by analytical methods such as elemental analysis for the resist film obtained by evaporating the solvent component of the resist composition. .
  • Step 1 Step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the resist composition of the first embodiment
  • Step 2 Step of exposing the resist film
  • Step 3 Step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer
  • Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the resist composition of the first embodiment.
  • the definition of the resist composition of the first embodiment is as described above.
  • a method of forming a resist film on a substrate using the resist composition of the first embodiment includes, for example, a method of applying the resist composition of the first embodiment onto the substrate.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • the resist composition of the first embodiment can be applied onto a substrate (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coating) such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit devices by a suitable coating method such as spinner or coater.
  • the coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner.
  • the rotation speed for spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm.
  • the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. If necessary, various base films (inorganic film, organic film, antireflection film) may be formed under the resist film.
  • Heating can be carried out by a means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or a developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
  • the film thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, it is preferably 10 to 120 nm from the viewpoint of forming fine patterns with higher precision.
  • the film thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm.
  • a topcoat composition may be used to form a topcoat on the upper layer of the resist film. It is preferable that the topcoat composition does not mix with the resist film and can be uniformly coated on the upper layer of the resist film.
  • the topcoat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known topcoat can be formed by a conventionally known method. can be formed. For example, it is preferable to form a top coat containing a basic compound as described in JP-A-2013-61648 on the resist film. Also, the topcoat preferably contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
  • Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film.
  • the exposure method include a method of irradiating the formed resist film with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask.
  • Actinic rays or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, particularly preferably Far ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 1 to 200 nm, specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F2 excimer laser ( 157 nm), EUV (13 nm), X-rays, and electron beams mentioned.
  • the actinic ray or radiation used for exposure is preferably EUV or electron beam.
  • baking is preferably performed before development. Baking accelerates the reaction of the exposed area, resulting in better sensitivity and pattern shape.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
  • the heating time is preferably 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, even more preferably 30 to 120 seconds. Heating can be carried out by a means provided in a normal exposing machine and/or developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like. This process is also called post-exposure bake (PEB).
  • PEB post-exposure bake
  • Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer to form a pattern.
  • the developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer).
  • Examples of the developing method include a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), and a method of developing by standing the developer on the surface of the substrate for a certain period of time by raising the developer by surface tension (puddle method). method), a method of spraying the developer onto the substrate surface (spray method), and a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method). law). Further, after the step of developing, a step of stopping development may be performed while replacing the solvent with another solvent.
  • the development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed area is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.
  • alkaline aqueous solution containing alkali is not particularly limited, for example, quaternary ammonium salts represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide, inorganic alkalis, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, alcohol amines, or cyclic amines. and an alkaline aqueous solution containing Among others, the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Suitable amounts of alcohols, surfactants and the like may be added to the alkaline developer.
  • the alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually 0.1 to 20 mass %.
  • the pH of the alkaline developer is usually 10.0 to 15.0.
  • the content of water in the alkaline developer is preferably 51 to 99.95% by mass.
  • the organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. is preferred.
  • a plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above or water.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, more preferably 90 to 100% by mass or less, and 95% by mass, relative to the total amount of the developer. Especially preferred is up to 100% by mass.
  • the pattern forming method preferably includes a step of washing with a rinse after step 3.
  • Pure water is an example of the rinse solution used in the rinse step after the step of developing with an alkaline developer.
  • An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to pure water.
  • An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to the rinse solution.
  • the rinse solution used in the rinse step after the development step using the organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used.
  • the rinse solution used is a rinse solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, ester-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, and ether-based solvents. is preferred.
  • the method of the rinsing step is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuously discharging the rinsing liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotation coating method), or a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time. method (dip method), and method of spraying a rinse liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method).
  • the pattern forming method using the resist composition of the first embodiment may include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. In this step, the developing solution and the rinse solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns due to baking are removed. In addition, this process smoothes the resist pattern, and has the effect of improving the roughness of the surface of the pattern.
  • the heating step after the rinsing step is usually carried out at 40 to 250° C. (preferably 90 to 200° C.) for 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
  • the substrate may be etched using the formed pattern as a mask. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the underlying film and the substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate.
  • the method of processing the substrate (or the underlying film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, but the substrate (or the underlying film and the substrate) is dry-etched using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask to form a pattern on the substrate.
  • a method of forming is preferred. Dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
  • Various materials used in the resist composition of the first embodiment and the pattern forming method using the resist composition of the first embodiment preferably does not contain impurities such as metals.
  • the content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb or less, still more preferably 100 mass ppt or less, particularly preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and most preferably 1 mass ppt or less.
  • examples of metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, W, Zn, and the like.
  • a method of reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials for example, a method of selecting a raw material with a low metal content as a raw material constituting various materials, a method of filtering the raw materials constituting various materials with a filter. and a method of performing distillation under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible by, for example, lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark).
  • impurities may be removed with an adsorbent, or filter filtration and adsorbent may be used in combination.
  • adsorbent known adsorbents can be used.
  • inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be used.
  • Whether the metal impurities are sufficiently removed from the manufacturing equipment can be confirmed by measuring the content of the metal component contained in the cleaning liquid used for cleaning the manufacturing equipment.
  • the content of the metal component contained in the cleaning liquid after use is preferably 100 mass ppt (parts per trillion) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and even more preferably 1 mass ppt or less.
  • Conductive compounds are added to organic treatment liquids such as rinsing liquids in order to prevent damage to chemical piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to electrostatic charging and subsequent electrostatic discharge.
  • the conductive compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methanol.
  • the amount to be added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of maintaining preferable developing properties or rinsing properties.
  • Examples of chemical pipes include SUS (stainless steel), or antistatic polyethylene, polypropylene, or various pipes coated with fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.). can be used.
  • Antistatic treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can also be used for filters and O-rings.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as the “resist composition of the second embodiment”) is a polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) described later (hereinafter “specific Also referred to as "monomer B”), a resin having a repeating unit derived from (hereinafter also referred to as "specific acid-decomposable resin B”), and a photoacid generator.
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin B contained in the resist composition of the second embodiment has repeating units derived from the specific monomer B.
  • the specific monomer B has a high glass transition temperature due to having a predetermined polycyclic structure. Therefore, according to the resist composition of the second embodiment containing the specific acid-decomposable resin B, a pattern with high film strength can be formed. As a result, it is believed that the resist composition of the second embodiment has high resolution (in other words, the critical resolution (nm) is small).
  • the pattern formed by the resist composition of the second embodiment containing the specific acid-decomposable resin B exhibits excellent dissolution contrast. obtain.
  • the pattern formed by the resist composition of the second embodiment has excellent LWR performance. That is, it is presumed that due to the structure of the specific monomer B, the resist composition of the second embodiment has excellent high resolution and the formed pattern has excellent LWR performance.
  • higher resolution of the resist composition and/or better LWR performance of the pattern formed by the resist composition may be referred to as "more excellent effect of the present invention".
  • the resist composition of the second embodiment will be described in detail below.
  • the resist composition of the second embodiment may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition. Moreover, it may be a resist composition for alkali development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
  • the resist composition of the second embodiment is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
  • the resist composition of the second embodiment has the same structure as the resist composition of the first embodiment except that the specific acid-decomposable resin B is used instead of the specific acid-decomposable resin A.
  • the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the resist film and pattern forming method using the resist composition of the second embodiment are the same as those of the first embodiment except that the resist composition of the second embodiment is used in place of the resist composition of the first embodiment. It has the same configuration as the resist film and pattern forming method using the resist composition of the embodiment, and the preferred aspects thereof are also the same.
  • the resist composition of the second embodiment contains a resin (specific acid-decomposable resin B) having repeating units derived from a polymerizable compound (specific monomer B) represented by the following general formula (1).
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin B is a resin that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase its polarity. That is, in the pattern forming method using the resist composition of the second embodiment, typically, when an alkaline developer is employed as the developer, a positive pattern is preferably formed, and the organic developer is used as the developer. When a developer is used, a negative pattern is preferably formed.
  • the specific monomer B will be described below.
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin B has the same structure as the specific acid-decomposable resin A except that it contains repeating units derived from the specific monomer B instead of the repeating units derived from the specific monomer A.
  • a preferred embodiment is also the same. Therefore, only the specific monomer B will be described in the following description.
  • the specific monomer B will be described below.
  • the specific monomer B is a polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (1).
  • R 1 to R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 3 and R 4 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • one of R 5 and R 6 and one of R 7 and R 8 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • R X1 to R X4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. However, at least one of R X1 to R X4 represents an acid-decomposable group. Any one of R 1 X1 and R 1 X2 and either one of R 1 X3 and R 1 X4 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) contains a monovalent substituent represented by the following general formula (2) in the molecule.
  • L2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Y represents a polymerizable group. * represents a binding position.
  • the substituents represented by R 1 to R 14 are not particularly limited, and examples include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, nitro groups, cyano groups, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, and cycloalkyl groups. , an aromatic ring group, and a monovalent substituent represented by the general formula (2).
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched, and preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t-butyl group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group portion in the alkoxy group and the alkoxycarbonyl group include the same groups as the alkyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group preferably has 3 to 15 ring member atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl is a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, or an adamantyl group. is preferred.
  • ring-constituting methylene groups are heteroatoms (—O— or —S—, etc.), —SO 2 —, —SO 3 — , an ester group, a carbonyl group, or a vinylidene group.
  • one or more (eg, 1 to 2) ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
  • An aromatic ring (such as a benzene ring) may be fused to the cycloalkyl group.
  • the aromatic ring group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 5 to 15 ring member atoms.
  • the aromatic ring group may have one or more (eg, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (eg, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, etc.) as ring member atoms.
  • heteroatoms eg, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, etc.
  • examples of the aromatic ring group include benzene ring group, naphthalene ring group, anthracene ring group, thiazole ring group, and benzothiazole ring group.
  • the alkyl group, the alkoxy group, the alkoxycarbonyl group, and the alkenyl group may further have a substituent.
  • substituents include halogen atoms (such as fluorine atoms), hydroxyl groups, nitro groups, cyano groups, cycloalkyl groups, and aromatic ring groups.
  • the cycloalkyl group and the aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
  • Substituents include, for example, halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, nitro groups, cyano groups, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, alkenyl groups, aromatic ring groups (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic, for example, having 5 to 15), and cycloalkyl groups (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic and have, for example, 3 to 15 ring members).
  • the ring specified in formula (1) (the carbon atom to which R 1 is bonded, the carbon atom to which R 2 is bonded, L 1 , X 1 and X 2 ) is a 6-membered ring.
  • R 3 and R 4 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • R 11 and R 14 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • the ring formed here is preferably an alicyclic ring containing an unsaturated bond corresponding to the site of L1 and the bonding site between X1 and X2, or an aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 5 to 20 (preferably 6 to 10) member atoms.
  • the aromatic ring group may have one or more (eg, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, etc.) as ring member atoms.
  • Examples of aromatic rings include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, tolylene ring, anthracene ring, thiophene ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, benzothiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzopyrrole ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, and triazole.
  • a ring, a thiadiazole ring, a thiazole ring and the like can be mentioned, and a benzene ring is preferred.
  • the aromatic ring may further have a substituent. Examples of substituents include those exemplified for the substituents represented by R 1 to R 14 .
  • the alicyclic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 5 to 20 (preferably 6 to 10) member atoms.
  • the alicyclic ring may have one or more (eg, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, etc.) as ring member atoms.
  • the alicyclic ring contains unsaturated bonds at positions corresponding to the L 1 site and the X 1 and X 2 bonding sites in the ring.
  • the alicyclic ring may further contain an unsaturated bond.
  • the alicyclic ring may have a carbon atom in the ring substituted with a carbonyl carbon.
  • Alicyclic rings include, for example, cyclopentene, cyclohexene, cycloheptene, and cyclooctadiene. Moreover, the alicyclic ring may further have a substituent. Examples of substituents include those exemplified for the substituents represented by R 1 to R 14 .
  • L 1 represents -CR 5 R 6 -CR 7 R 8 -
  • any one of R 5 and R 6 and any one of R 7 and R 8 are bound to each other to form a ring good too.
  • X 1 represents -CR 9 R 10 - and X 2 represents -CR 12 R 13 -
  • any one of R 9 and R 10 and any one of R 12 and R 13 are bonded to each other.
  • the ring formed here is preferably an alicyclic ring.
  • the alicyclic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 5 to 20 (preferably 6 to 10) member atoms.
  • the alicyclic ring may have one or more (eg, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, etc.) as ring member atoms.
  • the alicyclic ring may contain an unsaturated bond at a position other than the L 1 site and the bonding site between X 1 and X 2 in the ring.
  • the alicyclic ring may have a carbon atom in the ring substituted with a carbonyl carbon.
  • Alicyclic rings include, for example, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane, and cyclooctane.
  • the alicyclic ring may further have a substituent. Examples of substituents include those exemplified for the substituents represented by R 1 to R 14 .
  • the substituents represented by R X1 to R X4 include acid-decomposable groups and the substituents exemplified for the substituents represented by R 1 to R 14 .
  • the acid-decomposable group has the same definition as the acid-decomposable group described in the specific acid-decomposable resin A of the first embodiment, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin B formed from the specific monomer B having an acid-decomposable group has a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group (acid-decomposable repeating unit).
  • the specific acid-decomposable resin B exhibits properties such that the action of an acid increases the polarity, increases the solubility in an alkaline developer, and decreases the solubility in an organic solvent.
  • At least one of R X1 to R X4 represents an acid-decomposable group. At least two of R X1 to R X4 preferably represent an acid-decomposable group, more preferably two of R X1 to R X4 represent an acid-decomposable group, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent. More preferably, R X1 and R X3 represent an acid-decomposable group. Either one of R 1 X1 and R 1 X2 and either one of R 1 X3 and R 1 X4 may combine with each other to form a ring. The ring formed here is preferably an alicyclic ring.
  • the alicyclic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 5 to 20 (preferably 5 to 10) member atoms.
  • the alicyclic ring may have one or more (eg, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, etc.) as ring member atoms.
  • the alicyclic ring may contain an unsaturated bond within the ring.
  • the alicyclic ring may have a carbon atom in the ring substituted with a carbonyl carbon. Note that when two of R X1 to R X4 represent an acid-decomposable group, the other two preferably represent a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • L2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 include -CO-, -NR d -, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, alkenylene groups, divalent aliphatic heterocyclic groups, divalent aromatic heterocyclic groups, divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups, and divalent linking groups combining a plurality of these.
  • the alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, alkenylene group, divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group, divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, and divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group described above further have a substituent.
  • may be R d in —NR d — above represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the organic group is preferably an alkyl group (eg, 1 to 6 carbon atoms).
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched. Also, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 6.
  • the cycloalkylene group preferably has 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenylene group preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group is preferably a ring having 5 to 10 ring member atoms and having a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom as a ring member atom. .
  • the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably a ring having 5 to 10 ring-member atoms having a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom as a ring-member atom.
  • Examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include rings having 6 to 10 ring members.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 includes, among others, —CO—, —NR d —, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group, and a divalent aromatic Group hydrocarbon ring groups and divalent linking groups combining a plurality of these groups are preferred.
  • Examples of the above-mentioned "a divalent linking group combining a plurality of these" include -alkylene group -O-alkylene group -phenylene group- and the like.
  • the positions adjacent to the polymerizable group represented by Y are —CO—, —NR d —, —O—, —S—, —SO—, or -SO 2 -.
  • the polymerizable group represented by Y includes, for example, a radically polymerizable group and a cationic polymerizable group, preferably a radically polymerizable group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • Types of ethylenically unsaturated groups include, for example, a vinyl group, a maleimide group, and CH 2 ⁇ CR T — (R T represents a halogen atom (eg, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom).
  • R Q is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms optionally substituted with a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, and iodine atom) , or represents a hydrogen atom
  • R Q represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom
  • CH 2 CR Q -CO-O- corresponds to a (meth)acryl group
  • R Q represents a chlorine atom
  • (CH 2 ⁇ CR Q —CO—O— corresponds to an ⁇ -chloroacryl group)
  • (meth)acryl groups are preferred in that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the specific monomer B is preferably a (meth)acrylic compound.
  • the polymerizable group is more preferably a methacryl group because the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the specific monomer B is preferably a monofunctional monomer.
  • the specific monomer B contains a monovalent substituent represented by the general formula (2) in the molecule.
  • the introduction position of the monovalent substituent represented by the general formula ( 2 ) is not particularly limited. is introduced on the ring formed by bonding together, or is introduced on the ring formed by bonding R 11 and R 14 together, or any one of R 5 and R 6 and R 7 and R 8 on the ring formed by combining any one of R 9 and R 10 with each other, or on the ring formed by combining any one of R 9 and R 10 and any one of R 12 and R 13 with each other can be introduced.
  • the specific monomer B is preferably a monofunctional monomer. That is, the specific monomer B preferably has one monovalent substituent represented by the general formula (2).
  • the polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (AX) has 9,10-dihydroanthracene as its basic skeleton.
  • R 1 , R 2 , and R X1 to R X4 are each independently synonymous with R 1 , R 2 and R X1 to R X4 in general formula (1), and preferred embodiments are also are the same.
  • R22 and R23 each independently represent a substituent. Examples of the substituents represented by R 22 and R 23 include those exemplified for the substituents represented by R 1 to R 14 .
  • m and n each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4;
  • the polymerizable compound represented by the above general formula (AX) contains a monovalent substituent represented by the above general formula (2) in the molecule. Specifically, it is preferably introduced at any position of R 1 , R 2 , R 22 and R 23 .
  • a preferred embodiment of the specific monomer B includes a polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (3) and a polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (4).
  • the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (3) has the same meaning as the general formula (1) except that it has a monovalent substituent represented by the general formula (2) at the position of R 1 and is a preferred embodiment. is the same.
  • the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (3) is preferably a monofunctional monomer.
  • the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (4) is preferably a monofunctional monomer.
  • the introduction position of the monovalent substituent represented by general formula (2) is, for example, any one of R 1 to R 4 , or R 3 and R 4 is preferably introduced on the ring formed by combining with each other.
  • a preferred embodiment of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (4) is an embodiment in which X 1 represents -O- and X 2 represents -CO-. Further, as another preferred embodiment of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (4), X 1 represents -O-, X 2 represents -CO-, and R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other and form an alicyclic ring.
  • Another preferable aspect of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (4) is an aspect in which X 1 represents --CO-- and X 2 represents --O--. Further, as another preferred embodiment of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (4), X 1 represents —CO—, X 2 represents —O—, and R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other and form an alicyclic ring.
  • a polymerizable compound represented by the above general formula (3) a polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (5) is preferable.
  • the polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (5) has 9,10-dihydroanthracene as its basic skeleton.
  • R 24 and R X1 to R X4 are each independently synonymous with R 2 and R X1 to R X4 in general formula (1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • R21 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of substituents represented by R 21 include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms optionally substituted with halogen atoms (eg, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom). R 21 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, more preferably a methyl group.
  • R22 and R23 each independently represent a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituents represented by R 22 and R 23 include those exemplified for the substituents represented by R 1 to R 14 .
  • m and n each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4;
  • L21 includes a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L21 includes the same divalent linking groups as the divalent linking group represented by L2 in formula ( 2 ), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the specific monomer B is preferably a polymerizable compound whose homopolymer has a glass transition temperature of 220°C or higher.
  • the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the specific monomer B is intended to be the value obtained by the measurement method described above as the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the specific monomer A.
  • the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the specific monomer B is more preferably 250° C. or higher, still more preferably 280° C. or higher, and particularly 300° C. or higher, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent. preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, it is preferably 400° C. or less.
  • the protective group value of the specific monomer B is preferably 3.40 mmol/g or more from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the protective group value represents the molar amount (mmol/g) of the acid-decomposable group relative to the mass of the specific monomer B (polymerizable compound).
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, it is preferably 6.0 mmol/g or less.
  • the protective group value is more preferably 3.50 mmol/g or more, still more preferably 3.60 mmol/g or more, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the molecular weight of the specific monomer B is not particularly limited, it is preferably 400 or more, for example.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, and even more preferably 700 or less.
  • the specific monomer B can be synthesized by a known method. Specifically, it can be obtained by a method of forming an unsaturated 6-membered ring structure by adding an alkene compound to a conjugated diene compound by Diels-Alder reaction.
  • the present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including a pattern forming method using the resist compositions of the first and second embodiments, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
  • the electronic device of the present invention is preferably mounted in electric/electronic equipment (household appliances, OA (Office Automation), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
  • the present invention also relates to the polymerizable compound (specific monomer B) represented by the general formula (1) described above.
  • Specific monomer B is as described above.
  • the present invention also relates to a resin (specific acid-decomposable resin B) having a repeating unit derived from the polymerizable compound (specific monomer B) represented by the general formula (1) described above.
  • Specific acid-decomposable resin B is as described above.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the resins A-1 to A-23 and B-1 to B-10 were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)), and the polystyrene equivalent amount was is shown as
  • Tables 2 to 4 show the structures of the monomers (polymerizable compounds) used to synthesize the resins A-1 to A-23 and B-1 to B-10 shown in Table 1.
  • M-55 to M-73 are monomers (specific monomer A ).
  • M-55, M-58 to M-61, and M-67 to M-72 are polymerizable represented by the above general formula (1) It corresponds to a compound (specific monomer B).
  • Monomers M-55 to M-73 were synthesized according to the synthesis method described below for resin M-55.
  • Tables 2 to 4 also show the glass transition temperature and protective group value (mmol equivalent per 1 g of monomer (mmol/g)) of the homopolymer of each monomer.
  • the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of each monomer shown in Tables 2 to 4 is a value measured by the following method.
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • Tg represents the Tg (K) of copolymer P2.
  • Tg1 represents the homopolymer Tg (K) of each monomer shown in Tables 2-4.
  • Tg2 represents the homopolymer Tg(K) of cyclohexyl methacrylate.
  • w1 represents the mass fraction of repeating units derived from each monomer shown in Tables 2 to 4 with respect to all repeating units in copolymer P2.
  • w2 represents the mass fraction of repeating units derived from the homopolymer of cyclohexyl methacrylate to all repeating units in copolymer P2.
  • w1 is 0.3 and w2 is 0.7.
  • the following monomers M-55, M-59 to M-61, M-67 to M-69, and M-71 to M-72 are all compounds having 9,10-dihydroanthracene as a basic skeleton. corresponds to
  • a mixed solution of potassium t-butoxy (146.8 g) and t-butanol (1300 g) was heated to 35° C. under a stream of nitrogen. While stirring this liquid, fumaric chloride (100.0 g) was added dropwise, and after completion of the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to 50° C. and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours. After allowing the resulting liquid to cool to room temperature, 200 ml of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate was added dropwise with stirring to terminate the reaction. After that, residual t-BuOH was removed by an evaporator.
  • FIG. 1 shows the 1 H-NMR chart of the obtained M-55.
  • reaction solution was left to cool, reprecipitated with a large amount of heptane/ethyl acetate (mass ratio 9:1), filtered, and the resulting solid was dried under vacuum to obtain resin A-10 (39 g). got All the above operations were performed under a yellow light.
  • Hydrophobic resin P-1 a polymer (Mw: 8,700, Mw/Mn: 1.56) made from the following monomer ME-1 - Hydrophobic resin P-2: a polymer (Mw: 7,600, Mw/Mn: 1.62) made from the following monomer ME-5 Hydrophobic resin P-3: polymer (Mw: 5,800, Mw/Mn: 1.55) made from the following monomer ME-2
  • Table 5 is shown below.
  • the “content” column of each component in the table indicates the content (% by mass) of each component with respect to the total solid content.
  • the “mixing ratio” in the “solvent” column indicates the mixing ratio (mass ratio) of each solvent.
  • LWR performance Line width roughness (LWR performance, nm)
  • SEM scanning electron microscope
  • the line width of the pattern was observed at 250 points, and the measurement variation was evaluated by 3 ⁇ to obtain LWR (nm).
  • Table 6 shows the results.
  • the LWR performance is preferably less than 4.00 nm, more preferably 3.50 nm or less, and even more preferably 3.00 nm or less.
  • the raw material monomer of the acid-decomposable repeating unit in the acid-decomposable resin contained in the resist composition has a glass transition temperature of 300° C. or higher in a homopolymer and a protective group value of 3.40 mmol/g or more (preferably, a homopolymer having a glass transition temperature of 300°C or more and a protecting group value of 3.50 mmol/g or more) , it was confirmed that the resist composition is superior in resolution and the LWR performance of the formed pattern is also superior. Further, when the polar group protected by the protecting group in the structure of the acid-decomposable repeating unit is a carboxyl group, the resist composition is superior in resolution, and the LWR performance of the formed pattern is also superior. was confirmed.
  • Example 6 when comparing the results of Example 1, Example 6, and Example 7, in the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) described above, when the polymerizable group is a (meth) acrylic group It was confirmed that the resist composition was superior in resolution and LWR performance of the formed pattern (preferably in the case of methacrylic groups).
  • Example 1 Example 11, Example 21, and Example 22, in the polymerizable compound represented by the above general formula (1), the type of acid-decomposable group is the above general formula ( O1) and two of R 11 to R 13 do not bond to each other to form a ring, the resist composition is superior in resolution and the LWR performance of the formed pattern is improved. was also found to be superior.
  • Example 1 in the polymerizable compound represented by the above general formula (1), when the number of acid-decomposable groups is 2, the resist composition is superior in resolution. Moreover, it was confirmed that the LWR performance of the formed pattern was also superior.
  • a pattern obtained for a silicon wafer having a resist film obtained using an EUV exposure apparatus (Exitech, Micro Exposure Tool, NA 0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36)
  • the pattern irradiation was carried out so that the average line width of was 20 nm.
  • As the reticle a mask having a line size of 20 nm and a line:space ratio of 1:1 was used.
  • the exposed resist film was baked at 90° C. for 60 seconds, developed with n-butyl acetate for 30 seconds, and spin-dried to obtain a negative pattern.
  • the raw material monomer of the acid-decomposable repeating unit in the acid-decomposable resin contained in the resist composition has a glass transition temperature of 300° C. or higher in a homopolymer and a protective group value of 3.40 mmol/g or more (preferably, a homopolymer having a glass transition temperature of 300°C or more and a protecting group value of 3.50 mmol/g or more) , it was confirmed that the resist composition is superior in resolution and the LWR performance of the formed pattern is also superior. Further, when the polar group protected by the protecting group in the structure of the acid-decomposable repeating unit is a carboxyl group, the resist composition is superior in resolution, and the LWR performance of the formed pattern is also superior. was confirmed.
  • Example 21 when comparing the results of Example 21, Example 26, and Example 27, in the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) described above, when the polymerizable group is a (meth) acrylic group It was confirmed that the resist composition was superior in resolution and LWR performance of the formed pattern (preferably in the case of methacrylic groups).
  • the type of acid-decomposable group is the above-described general formula ( O1) and two of R 11 to R 13 do not bond to each other to form a ring, the resist composition is superior in resolution and the LWR performance of the formed pattern is improved. was also found to be superior.
  • Example 21 in the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) described above, when the number of acid-decomposable groups is two, the resist composition is superior in resolution. Moreover, it was confirmed that the LWR performance of the formed pattern was also superior.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is an active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition with which it is possible to form a pattern having exceptional LWR performance and which also has exceptional resolution. Also provided are a resist film, a pattern formation method, and an electronic device production method that involve the active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. Additionally provided are a polymerizable compound and a resin that are suitably used in the active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. The active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains a photoacid generator and a resin having repeating units derived from a polymerizable compound having an acid-decomposable group, the polymerizable compound being such that the glass transition temperature of a homopolymer thereof is 220°C or higher, and the molar amount of acid-decomposable groups relative to the mass of the polymerizable compound being 3.40 mmol/g or greater.

Description

感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、重合性化合物、樹脂Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, polymerizable compound, resin
 本発明は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、重合性化合物、及び、樹脂に関する。 The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, an electronic device manufacturing method, a polymerizable compound, and a resin.
 KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)用レジスト以降、光吸収による感度低下を補うべく、化学増幅を利用したパターン形成方法が用いられている。例えば、ポジ型の化学増幅法では、まず、露光部に含まれる光酸発生剤が、光照射により分解して酸を発生する。そして、露光後のベーク(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)過程等において、発生した酸の触媒作用により、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂が有するアルカリ不溶性の基をアルカリ可溶性の基に変化させる等して現像液に対する溶解性を変化させる。その後、例えば塩基性水溶液を用いて、現像を行う。これにより、露光部を除去して、所望のパターンを得る。
 半導体素子の微細化のために、露光光源の短波長化及び投影レンズの高開口数(高NA)化が進み、現在では、193nmの波長を有するArFエキシマレーザーを光源とする露光機が開発されている。また、昨今では、極紫外線(EUV光: Extreme Ultraviolet)及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)を光源としたパターン形成方法も検討されつつある。
 このような現状のもと、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として、種々の構成が提案されている。
Since the resist for KrF excimer laser (248 nm), a pattern forming method using chemical amplification has been used in order to compensate for the decrease in sensitivity due to light absorption. For example, in a positive chemical amplification method, first, a photoacid generator contained in an exposed area is decomposed by light irradiation to generate an acid. Then, in the post-exposure baking (PEB: Post Exposure Bake) process or the like, the alkali-insoluble groups of the resin contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition are converted into alkali-soluble groups by the catalytic action of the generated acid. The solubility in the developer is changed by, for example, changing the base. Thereafter, development is performed using, for example, a basic aqueous solution. Thereby, the exposed portion is removed to obtain a desired pattern.
For the miniaturization of semiconductor devices, the wavelength of the exposure light source is shortened and the numerical aperture (NA) of the projection lens is increased. Currently, an exposure machine using an ArF excimer laser with a wavelength of 193 nm as a light source has been developed. ing. Moreover, these days, the pattern formation method which uses extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet) and an electron beam (EB: Electron Beam) as a light source is also being examined.
Under such circumstances, various structures have been proposed as actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions.
 例えば、特許文献1では、式(I)で表される化合物に由来する構造単位と、所定構造の構造単位とを含む樹脂、及び、酸発生剤を含有するレジスト組成物を開示している。なお、式(I)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、酸不安定基を有する基を表し、Wは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数5~18の脂環式炭化水素基を表す。 For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a resist composition containing a resin containing a structural unit derived from a compound represented by formula (I) and a structural unit having a predetermined structure, and an acid generator. In formula (I), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a group having an acid-labile group, and W is an optionally substituted C 5-18 alicyclic represents a hydrocarbon group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
特開2020-154322号公報JP 2020-154322 A
 本発明者らは、特許文献1に記載された特許文献を参照してレジスト組成物を調製して検討したところ、解像性を更に改善する余地があることを明らかとした。また、形成されるパターンのLWR(line width roughness)性能を更に改善する余地もあることを明らかとした。
 そこで、本発明は、LWR性能に優れるパターンを形成でき、且つ、解像性にも優れる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に好適に使用される重合性化合物及び樹脂を提供することを課題とする。
The present inventors prepared a resist composition with reference to the patent document described in Patent Document 1 and studied it, and found that there is room for further improvement in resolution. In addition, it has been clarified that there is room for further improvement in the LWR (line width roughness) performance of the formed pattern.
Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of forming a pattern having excellent LWR performance and having excellent resolution.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method related to the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a polymerizable compound and a resin that are preferably used in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 本発明者らは、以下の構成により上記課題を解決できることを見出した。 The inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by the following configuration.
 〔1〕 酸分解性基を有する重合性化合物に由来する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂と、光酸発生剤とを含む、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
 上記重合性化合物が、そのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度が220℃以上である重合性化合物であり、
 上記重合性化合物の質量に対する上記酸分解性基のモル量が、3.40mmol/g以上である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔2〕 上記重合性化合物が、芳香環及び脂肪族複素環のいずれか1つ以上を含む、〔1〕に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔3〕 上記重合性化合物が、多環式構造を有する、〔1〕又は〔2〕に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔4〕 上記重合性化合物が、多環式構造の脂肪族複素環を有する重合性化合物であるか、又は、芳香環を有する重合性化合物である、〔1〕又は〔2〕に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔5〕 上記重合性化合物が、酸分解性基を少なくとも2つ有する、〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔6〕 上記重合性化合物が、アクリル化合物又はメタクリル化合物である、〔1〕~〔5〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔7〕 後述する一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物に由来する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂と、光酸発生剤とを含む、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔8〕 上記一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物が、後述する一般式(3)で表される重合性化合物である、〔7〕に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔9〕 上記一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物が、後述する一般式(4)で表される重合性化合物である、〔7〕に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔10〕 RX1~RX4の少なくとも2つが酸分解性基を表す、〔7〕~〔9〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔11〕 上記重合性化合物が、後述する一般式(5)で表される重合性化合物である、〔7〕~〔10〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔12〕 〔1〕~〔11〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された、レジスト膜。
 〔13〕 〔1〕~〔11〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程と、
 上記レジスト膜を露光する工程と、
 上記露光されたレジスト膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程と、を有する、パターン形成方法。
 〔14〕 〔13〕に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
 〔15〕 後述する一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物。
 〔16〕 後述する一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物に由来する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂。
[1] An actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a resin having repeating units derived from a polymerizable compound having an acid-decomposable group and a photoacid generator,
The polymerizable compound is a polymerizable compound whose homopolymer has a glass transition temperature of 220° C. or higher,
Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the molar amount of the acid-decomposable group relative to the mass of the polymerizable compound is 3.40 mmol/g or more.
[2] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein the polymerizable compound contains at least one of an aromatic ring and an aliphatic heterocyclic ring.
[3] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the polymerizable compound has a polycyclic structure.
[4] The sensitivity according to [1] or [2], wherein the polymerizable compound is a polymerizable compound having an aliphatic heterocyclic ring of a polycyclic structure, or a polymerizable compound having an aromatic ring. Actinic ray or radiation sensitive resin composition.
[5] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the polymerizable compound has at least two acid-decomposable groups.
[6] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the polymerizable compound is an acrylic compound or a methacrylic compound.
[7] An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a resin having a repeating unit derived from a polymerizable compound represented by general formula (1) described below and a photoacid generator.
[8] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin according to [7], wherein the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) is a polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (3) described later. Composition.
[9] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin according to [7], wherein the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) is a polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (4) described later. Composition.
[10] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [7] to [9], wherein at least two of R X1 to R X4 represent an acid-decomposable group.
[11] The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [7] to [10], wherein the polymerizable compound is a polymerizable compound represented by general formula (5) described later. .
[12] A resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11].
[13] forming a resist film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11];
exposing the resist film;
and developing the exposed resist film using a developer.
[14] A method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method according to [13].
[15] A polymerizable compound represented by general formula (1) described later.
[16] A resin having a repeating unit derived from a polymerizable compound represented by general formula (1) described later.
 本発明によれば、LWR性能に優れるパターンを形成でき、且つ、解像性にも優れる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供できる。
 また、本発明によれば、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供できる。
 また、本発明によれば、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に好適に使用される重合性化合物及び樹脂を提供できる。
ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which can form the pattern which is excellent in LWR performance, and is excellent also in resolution can be provided.
Moreover, according to this invention, the resist film, the pattern formation method, and the manufacturing method of an electronic device regarding the said actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition can be provided.
Moreover, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a polymerizable compound and a resin that are suitably used in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
合成例欄にて合成したM-55のH-NMRチャートである。 1 H-NMR chart of M-55 synthesized in the Synthesis Example column.
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされる場合があるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されない。
 本明細書中における基(原子団)の表記について、本発明の趣旨に反しない限り、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基と共に置換基を有する基をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。また、本明細書中における「有機基」とは、少なくとも1個の炭素原子を含む基をいう。
 置換基は、特に断らない限り、1価の置換基が好ましい。
 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光: Extreme Ultraviolet)、X線、及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)等を意味する。本明細書中における「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、及びX線等による露光のみならず、電子線、及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書において表記される二価の基の結合方向は、特に断らない限り制限されない。例えば、「X-Y-Z」なる式で表される化合物中の、Yが-COO-である場合、Yは、-CO-O-であってもよく、-O-CO-であってもよい。また、上記化合物は「X-CO-O-Z」であってもよく「X-O-CO-Z」であってもよい。
The present invention will be described in detail below.
The description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
Regarding the notation of groups (atomic groups) in the present specification, as long as it does not contradict the spirit of the present invention, the notation that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes groups having substituents as well as groups not having substituents. do. For example, an "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). Also, the term "organic group" as used herein refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
The substituent is preferably a monovalent substituent unless otherwise specified.
The term "actinic rays" or "radiation" as used herein means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, and electron beams (EB : Electron Beam) and the like. As used herein, "light" means actinic rays or radiation.
Unless otherwise specified, the term "exposure" used herein means not only exposure by the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), and X-rays, but also electron beams, Also includes drawing with particle beams such as ion beams.
In the present specification, the term "~" is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
The bonding direction of the divalent groups described herein is not limited unless otherwise specified. For example, in the compound represented by the formula "XYZ", when Y is -COO-, Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO- good too. Further, the above compound may be "X--CO--O--Z" or "X--O--CO--Z."
 本明細書において、(メタ)アクリレートはアクリレート及びメタクリレートを表し、(メタ)アクリルはアクリル及びメタクリルを表す。
 本明細書において、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(分子量分布ともいう)(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー社製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector))によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。
As used herein, (meth)acrylate refers to acrylate and methacrylate, and (meth)acryl refers to acrylic and methacrylic.
In this specification, the weight-average molecular weight (Mw), number-average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are measured using a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) device (HLC-manufactured by Tosoh Corporation). 8120 GPC) by GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection volume): 10 μL, column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, column temperature: 40 ° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL / min, detector: differential refraction It is defined as a polystyrene conversion value by a refractive index detector (Refractive Index Detector).
 本明細書において酸解離定数(pKa)とは、水溶液中でのpKaを表し、具体的には、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求められる値である。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示す。 As used herein, the acid dissociation constant (pKa) represents the pKa in an aqueous solution. , is a calculated value. All pKa values described herein are calculated using this software package.
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。 Software Package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).
 一方で、pKaは、分子軌道計算法によっても求められる。この具体的な方法としては、熱力学サイクルに基づいて、水溶液中におけるH解離自由エネルギーを計算することで算出する手法が挙げられる。H解離自由エネルギーの計算方法については、例えばDFT(密度汎関数法)により計算することができるが、他にも様々な手法が文献等で報告されており、これに制限されるものではない。なお、DFTを実施できるソフトウェアは複数存在するが、例えば、Gaussian16が挙げられる。 On the other hand, pKa can also be obtained by molecular orbital calculation. As a specific method for this, there is a method of calculating the H 2 + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on the thermodynamic cycle. H + dissociation free energy can be calculated by, for example, DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in literature, etc., and are not limited to this. . Note that there are a plurality of software that can implement DFT, and Gaussian16 is an example.
 本明細書中のpKaとは、上述した通り、ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を計算により求められる値を指すが、この手法によりpKaが算出できない場合には、DFT(密度汎関数法)に基づいてGaussian16により得られる値を採用するものとする。
 また、本明細書中のpKaは、上述した通り「水溶液中でのpKa」を指すが、水溶液中でのpKaが算出できない場合には、「ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)溶液中でのpKa」を採用するものとする。
The pKa in the present specification refers to a value obtained by calculating a value based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values using Software Package 1, as described above. If it cannot be calculated, a value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (density functional theory) is adopted.
In addition, pKa in this specification refers to "pKa in aqueous solution" as described above, but when pKa in aqueous solution cannot be calculated, "pKa in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution" is adopted. It shall be.
 本明細書において、ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 As used herein, halogen atoms include, for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine atoms.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の第1実施形態]
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下「第1実施形態のレジスト組成物」ともいう。)は、酸分解性基を有する重合性化合物(以下「特定モノマーA」ともいう。)に由来する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(以下「特定酸分解性樹脂A」」ともいう。)と、光酸発生剤とを含む。
 ここで、上述した、特定モノマーAは、そのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度が220℃以上である重合性化合物であり、且つ、重合性化合物の質量に対する酸分解性基のモル量(以下「保護基価」ともいう。)が、3.40mmol/g以上である。なお、本明細書において、特定モノマーAのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度は、後述する手法により測定される値を意図する。
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物は、上記構成により、解像性に優れ、且つ、LWRが優れたパターンを形成できる。
[First embodiment of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as "resist composition of the first embodiment") is a polymerizable compound having an acid-decomposable group (hereinafter also referred to as "specific monomer A" ) (hereinafter also referred to as “specific acid-decomposable resin A”) and a photoacid generator.
Here, the specific monomer A described above is a polymerizable compound whose homopolymer has a glass transition temperature of 220 ° C. or higher, and the molar amount of the acid-decomposable group with respect to the mass of the polymerizable compound (hereinafter referred to as "protecting group (also referred to as "value") is 3.40 mmol/g or more. In addition, in this specification, the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the specific monomer A intends the value measured by the method mentioned later.
The resist composition of the first embodiment can form a pattern with excellent resolution and LWR due to the above configuration.
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物の作用機序は明らかではないが、本発明の発明者らは以下のように推測している。
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物が含む特定酸分解性樹脂Aは、特定モノマーAに由来する繰り返し単位を有する。特定モノマーAは、そのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度が高いことから、特定酸分解性樹脂Aを含む第1実施形態のレジスト組成物によれば、膜強度の高いパターンを形成できる。この結果として、第1実施形態のレジスト組成物は、高い解像性を有する(換言すると、限界解像性(nm)が小さい)と考えている。また、特定モノマーAは保護基価が高いことから、特定酸分解性樹脂Aを含む第1実施形態のレジスト組成物により形成されるパターンは、優れた溶解コントラストを発現し得る。この結果として、第1実施形態のレジスト組成物により形成されるパターンは、LWR性能に優れると考えている。すなわち、特定モノマーAの特性に起因して、第1実施形態のレジスト組成物は高解像性に優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンはLWR性能に優れると推測される。
 以下、レジスト組成物の解像性がより高いこと、及び/又は、レジスト組成物により形成されるパターンのLWR性能がより優れることを、「本発明の効果がより優れる」ということもある。
Although the action mechanism of the resist composition of the first embodiment is not clear, the inventors of the present invention presume as follows.
The specific acid-decomposable resin A contained in the resist composition of the first embodiment has repeating units derived from the specific monomer A. Since the homopolymer of the specific monomer A has a high glass transition temperature, the resist composition of the first embodiment containing the specific acid-decomposable resin A can form a pattern with high film strength. As a result, it is believed that the resist composition of the first embodiment has high resolution (in other words, the critical resolution (nm) is small). Moreover, since the specific monomer A has a high protective group value, the pattern formed by the resist composition of the first embodiment containing the specific acid-decomposable resin A can exhibit excellent dissolution contrast. As a result, it is believed that the pattern formed by the resist composition of the first embodiment has excellent LWR performance. That is, due to the properties of the specific monomer A, it is presumed that the resist composition of the first embodiment has excellent high resolution and that the formed pattern has excellent LWR performance.
Hereinafter, higher resolution of the resist composition and/or better LWR performance of the pattern formed by the resist composition may be referred to as "more excellent effect of the present invention".
 以下、第1実施形態のレジスト組成物について詳細に説明する。
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物は、ポジ型のレジスト組成物であっても、ネガ型のレジスト組成物であってもよい。また、アルカリ現像用のレジスト組成物であっても、有機溶剤現像用のレジスト組成物であってもよい。
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物は、典型的には、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物である。
 以下において、まず、第1実施形態のレジスト組成物の各種成分について詳述する。
The resist composition of the first embodiment will be described in detail below.
The resist composition of the first embodiment may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition. Moreover, it may be a resist composition for alkali development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
The resist composition of the first embodiment is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
First, various components of the resist composition of the first embodiment will be described in detail below.
〔特定酸分解性樹脂A〕
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物は、特定モノマーAに由来する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(特定酸分解性樹脂A)を含む。
 特定酸分解性樹脂Aは、酸の作用により分解して極性が増大する樹脂である。
 つまり、第1実施形態のレジスト組成物を使用したパターン形成方法において、典型的には、現像液としてアルカリ現像液を採用した場合には、ポジ型パターンが好適に形成され、現像液として有機系現像液を採用した場合には、ネガ型パターンが好適に形成される。
[Specific acid-decomposable resin A]
The resist composition of the first embodiment contains a resin having repeating units derived from a specific monomer A (specific acid-decomposable resin A).
The specific acid-decomposable resin A is a resin that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase its polarity.
That is, in the pattern forming method using the resist composition of the first embodiment, typically, when an alkaline developer is employed as the developer, a positive pattern is preferably formed, and the organic developer is used as the developer. When a developer is used, a negative pattern is preferably formed.
<<特定モノマーA>>
 以下、まず、特定モノマーAについて説明する。
 特定モノマーAは、酸分解性基を有する重合性化合物であって、そのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度は220℃以上であり、且つ、保護基価は3.40mmol/g以上である。
<<Specific monomer A>>
First, the specific monomer A will be described below.
The specific monomer A is a polymerizable compound having an acid-decomposable group, the homopolymer of which has a glass transition temperature of 220° C. or higher and a protective group value of 3.40 mmol/g or higher.
 酸分解性基とは、酸の作用により分解し極性が増大する基を意味する。
 酸分解性基を有する特定モノマーAにより形成される特定酸分解性樹脂Aは、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位(以下「酸分解性繰り返し単位」ともいう。)を有する。特定酸分解性樹脂Aは、この酸分解性繰り返し単位の存在により、酸の作用により極性が増大してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大し、有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する性質を示す。
An acid-decomposable group means a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase its polarity.
The specific acid-decomposable resin A formed from the specific monomer A having an acid-decomposable group has a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group (hereinafter also referred to as "acid-decomposable repeating unit"). Due to the presence of this acid-decomposable repeating unit, the specific acid-decomposable resin A exhibits properties such that the action of acid increases the polarity, increases the solubility in alkaline developing solutions, and decreases the solubility in organic solvents.
 酸分解性基は、通常、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基をいう。酸分解性基は、酸の作用により脱離する脱離基で極性基が保護されてなる構造であるのが好ましい。酸分解性基は、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じ得る。
 極性基としては、アルカリ可溶性基が好ましく、例えば、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等の酸性基、並びにアルコール性水酸基等が挙げられる。
 なかでも、極性基としては、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、又はスルホン酸基が好ましく、フェノール性水酸基又はカルボキシル基がより好ましく、カルボキシル基が更に好ましい。
An acid-decomposable group is usually a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to form a polar group. The acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which a polar group is protected with a leaving group that leaves under the action of an acid. An acid-decomposable group can be decomposed by the action of an acid to produce a polar group.
The polar group is preferably an alkali-soluble group such as a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide group, tris(alkylcarbonyl) Methylene group, acidic group such as tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, and alcoholic hydroxyl group.
Among them, the polar group is preferably a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), or a sulfonic acid group, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent. A group is more preferred, and a carboxyl group is even more preferred.
 酸の作用により脱離する脱離基としては、例えば、式(Y1)~(Y4)で表される基が挙げられる。
式(Y1):-C(Rx)(Rx)(Rx
式(Y2):-C(=O)OC(Rx)(Rx)(Rx
式(Y3):-C(R36)(R37)(OR38
式(Y4):-C(Rn)(H)(Ar)
Examples of the leaving group that leaves by the action of an acid include groups represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4).
Formula (Y1): -C(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
Formula (Y2): -C(=O)OC(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
Formula (Y3): —C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 38 )
Formula (Y4): -C(Rn)(H)(Ar)
 式(Y1)及び式(Y2)中、Rx~Rxは、各々独立に、アルキル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)、シクロアルキル基(単環若しくは多環)、アリール基(単環若しくは多環)、アラルキル基、又は、アルケニル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)を表す。これらの基は可能な場合、置換基としてフッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する基を有するのも好ましい。
 なお、Rx~Rxの全てがアルキル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)である場合、Rx~Rxのうち少なくとも2つはメチル基であることが好ましい。
 中でも、Rx~Rxは、各々独立に、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基を表すことが好ましく、Rx~Rxは、各々独立に、直鎖状のアルキル基を表すことがより好ましい。
 Rx~Rxのうちの2つが互いに結合して環(単環又は多環)を形成してもよい。
In formulas (Y1) and (Y2), Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aryl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aralkyl group, or an alkenyl group (linear or branched). If possible, these groups preferably have a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom as a substituent.
When all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably methyl groups.
Among them, Rx 1 to Rx 3 preferably each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, and Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear alkyl group. more preferred.
Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine with each other to form a ring (monocyclic or polycyclic).
 Rx~Rxのアルキル基は、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、又は、t-ブチル基等の炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxのシクロアルキル基は、シクロペンチル基、若しくは、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、若しくは、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxのアリール基は、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及び、アントリル基等が挙げられる。
 Rx~Rxのアラルキル基は、炭素数7~20のアラルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxのアルケニル基は、ビニル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成される環は、シクロアルキル基が好ましい。Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基は、シクロペンチル基、若しくは、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、若しくは、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが互いに結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基は、例えば、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基、又は、ビニリデン基で置き換わっていてもよい。また、このようなシクロアルキル基は、シクロアルカン環を構成するエチレン基の1つ以上(例えば1~2つ)が、ビニレン基で置き換わっていてもよい。
 式(Y1)又は式(Y2)で表される基は、例えば、Rxがメチル基又はエチル基であり、RxとRxとが結合して上述のシクロアルキル基を形成している態様も好ましい。
 また、式(Y1)又は式(Y2)において、Rx~Rxの2つが結合してシクロアルケニル基を形成しており、上記シクロアルケニル基中において、式(Y1)又は式(Y2)中の「C(Rx)(Rx)(Rx)」中に明示されるC(炭素原子)に隣接する位置にビニレン基が存在する場合、Rx~Rxの残る一つは水素原子でもよい。
The alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, or t-butyl group. .
The cycloalkyl groups of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group or cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group or adamantyl group. Polycyclic cycloalkyl groups are preferred.
The aryl group represented by Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as phenyl group, naphthyl group and anthryl group.
Aralkyl groups of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably aralkyl groups having 7 to 20 carbon atoms.
The alkenyl groups of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably vinyl groups.
The ring formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group. A cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, or a tetracyclododecanyl group. or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as an adamantyl group, and more preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms.
A cycloalkyl group formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 together is, for example, a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or , may be substituted with a vinylidene group. In such a cycloalkyl group, one or more (eg, 1 to 2) ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
In the group represented by formula (Y1) or formula (Y2), for example, Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 combine to form the above-described cycloalkyl group. is also preferred.
Further, in formula (Y1) or formula (Y2), two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 combine to form a cycloalkenyl group, and in the cycloalkenyl group, in formula (Y1) or formula (Y2) When a vinylene group is present at a position adjacent to C (carbon atom) specified in "C (Rx 1 ) (Rx 2 ) (Rx 3 )", the remaining one of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is a hydrogen atom It's okay.
 式(Y3)中、R36~R38は、各々独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。R37とR38とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及び、アルケニル基等が挙げられる。R36は水素原子であることも好ましい。
 式(Y3)中のR36~R38で表されるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及び、アルケニル基としては、式(Y1)及び式(Y2)のRx~Rxで表されるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及び、アルケニル基として説明した基が同様に挙げられる。
 R37とR38とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 また、R38は、酸分解性繰り返し単位において、繰り返し単位の主鎖に結合してもよい。この場合のR38は、メチレン基等のアルキレン基が好ましい。
In formula (Y3), R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 37 and R 38 may combine with each other to form a ring. Examples of organic groups include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, aralkyl groups, and alkenyl groups. It is also preferred that R 36 is a hydrogen atom.
As the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group and alkenyl group represented by R 36 to R 38 in formula (Y3), Rx 1 to Rx 3 in formula (Y1) and formula (Y2) The groups described as the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group, and alkenyl group represented by are likewise included.
R 37 and R 38 may combine with each other to form a ring.
Also, R 38 may be bonded to the main chain of the repeating unit in the acid-decomposable repeating unit. R 38 in this case is preferably an alkylene group such as a methylene group.
 式(Y3)としては、下記式(Y3-1)で表される基が好ましい。 As the formula (Y3), a group represented by the following formula (Y3-1) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 ここで、L及びLは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又は、これらを組み合わせた基(例えば、アルキル基とアリール基とを組み合わせた基)を表す。
 Mは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Qは、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいアルキル基、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいシクロアルキル基、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいアリール基、アミノ基、アンモニウム基、メルカプト基、シアノ基、アルデヒド基、又は、これらを組み合わせた基(例えば、アルキル基とシクロアルキル基とを組み合わせた基)を表す。
 アルキル基及びシクロアルキル基は、例えば、メチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、又は、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基で置き換わっていてもよい。
 なお、L及びLのうち一方は水素原子であり、他方はアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又は、アルキレン基とアリール基とを組み合わせた基であることが好ましい。
 Q、M、及び、Lの少なくとも2つが結合して環(好ましくは、5員若しくは6員環)を形成してもよい。Qが、式(Y3-1)で表される基によって保護される酸基の一部と結合して環を形成していてもよい。また、Qは、酸分解性繰り返し単位中において、繰り返し単位の主鎖と結合して環を形成していてもよい。
 パターンの微細化の点では、Lが2級又は3級アルキル基であることが好ましく、3級アルキル基であることがより好ましい。2級アルキル基としては、イソプロピル基、シクロヘキシル基又はノルボルニル基が挙げられ、3級アルキル基としては、tert-ブチル基又はアダマンタン基が挙げられる。これらの態様では、Tg(ガラス転移温度)及び活性化エネルギーが高くなるため、膜強度の担保に加え、かぶりの抑制ができる。
Here, L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group combining these (e.g., a group combining an alkyl group and an aryl group). .
M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Q is an alkyl group optionally containing a heteroatom, a cycloalkyl group optionally containing a heteroatom, an aryl group optionally containing a heteroatom, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, an aldehyde group, or a group combining these (for example, a group combining an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group).
In alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups, for example, one of the methylene groups may be replaced by a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group.
One of L 1 and L 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and the other is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a combination of an alkylene group and an aryl group.
At least two of Q, M and L 1 may combine to form a ring (preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring). Q may combine with part of the acid group protected by the group represented by formula (Y3-1) to form a ring. In addition, in the acid-decomposable repeating unit, Q may combine with the main chain of the repeating unit to form a ring.
From the viewpoint of pattern refinement, L2 is preferably a secondary or tertiary alkyl group, more preferably a tertiary alkyl group. Secondary alkyl groups include isopropyl, cyclohexyl and norbornyl groups, and tertiary alkyl groups include tert-butyl and adamantane groups. In these embodiments, the Tg (glass transition temperature) and the activation energy are increased, so that the film strength can be ensured and fogging can be suppressed.
 式(Y4)中、Arは、芳香環基を表す。Rnは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又は、アリール基を表す。RnとArとは互いに結合して非芳香環を形成してもよい。Arはアリール基が好ましい。 In formula (Y4), Ar represents an aromatic ring group. Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. Rn and Ar may combine with each other to form a non-aromatic ring. Ar is preferably an aryl group.
 酸分解性基繰り返し単位の酸分解性がより優れる点で、極性基を保護する脱離基において、極性基(又はその残基)に非芳香族環が直接結合している場合、上記非芳香族環中の、上記極性基(又はその残基)と直接結合している環員原子に隣接する環員原子は、置換基としてフッ素原子等のハロゲン原子を有さないのも好ましい。 In the point that the acid decomposability of the acid-decomposable group repeating unit is more excellent, in the leaving group protecting the polar group, when a non-aromatic ring is directly bonded to the polar group (or its residue), the non-aromatic It is also preferred that the ring member atoms adjacent to the ring member atom directly bonded to the above polar group (or residue thereof) in the group ring do not have halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms as substituents.
 酸の作用により脱離する脱離基は、他にも、3-メチル-2-シクロペンテニル基のような置換基(アルキル基等)を有する2-シクロペンテニル基、及び、1,1,4,4-テトラメチルシクロヘキシル基のような置換基(アルキル基等)を有するシクロヘキシル基でもよい。 The leaving group that leaves by the action of an acid also includes a 2-cyclopentenyl group having a substituent (such as an alkyl group) such as a 3-methyl-2-cyclopentenyl group, and a 1,1,4 , 4-tetramethylcyclohexyl group having a substituent (such as an alkyl group) may also be used.
 本発明の効果がより優れる点で、酸分解性基の好適な一態様として、下記一般式(O1)で表される酸分解性基が挙げられる。 A preferred embodiment of the acid-decomposable group is an acid-decomposable group represented by the following general formula (O1) in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式(O1)中、R11~R13は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、又はアリール基を表す。なお、上記アルキル基及び上記アルケニル基は、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。また、上記シクロアルキル基及び上記アリール基は、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよい。
 なお、R11~R13のうち2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよいが、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、環を形成しないことが好ましい。
 *は、結合部位を表す。
 R11~R13は、なかでも、全てがアルキル基(直鎖状又は分岐鎖状)であるのが好ましい。なお、R11~R13の全てがアルキル基(直鎖状又は分岐鎖状)である場合、R11~R13のうち少なくとも2つはメチル基であることが好ましい。
In formula (O1), R 11 to R 13 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group. The alkyl group and the alkenyl group may be linear or branched. Moreover, the cycloalkyl group and the aryl group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic.
Two of R 11 to R 13 may combine with each other to form a ring, but it is preferred that they do not form a ring from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
* represents the binding site.
All of R 11 to R 13 are preferably alkyl groups (linear or branched). When all of R 11 to R 13 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), at least two of R 11 to R 13 are preferably methyl groups.
 R11~R13のアルキル基としては、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましい。
 R11~R13のシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基若しくはシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、若しくは、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 R11~R13のアリール基としては、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましい。
 R11~R13のアルケニル基としては、ビニル基が好ましい。
 R11~R13の2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基としては、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよいが、なかでも、単環のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、5員又は6員の単環のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。なお、R11~R13の2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基は、例えば、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基、又はビニリデン基で置き換わっていてもよい。また、これらのシクロアルキル基は、シクロアルカン環を構成するエチレン基の1つ以上が、ビニレン基で置き換わっていてもよい。
As the alkyl group for R 11 to R 13 , an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable.
The cycloalkyl group for R 11 to R 13 includes a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, or an adamantyl group. Ring cycloalkyl groups are preferred.
As the aryl group for R 11 to R 13 , an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
A vinyl group is preferred as the alkenyl group for R 11 to R 13 .
The cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of R 11 to R 13 may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. Single-membered cycloalkyl groups are more preferred. The cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of R 11 to R 13 includes, for example, a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, Alternatively, it may be substituted with a vinylidene group. In these cycloalkyl groups, one or more ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
 また、R11~R13で表されるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、及びアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(炭素数1~4)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~4)、カルボキシル基、及びアルコキシカルボニル基(炭素数2~6)等が挙げられる。 In addition, the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group and aryl group represented by R 11 to R 13 may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include alkyl groups (1 to 4 carbon atoms), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups (1 to 4 carbon atoms), carboxyl groups, and alkoxycarbonyl groups (2 to 6 carbon atoms). .
 特定モノマーA中の酸分解性基の個数としては、1個以上であれば制限されないが、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、2個以上であるのが好ましい。なお、上限値としては特に制限されないが、例えば、8個以下であり、6個以下であるのが好ましく、4個以下であるのがより好ましい。 The number of acid-decomposable groups in the specific monomer A is not limited as long as it is 1 or more, but it is preferably 2 or more in terms of the effect of the present invention being more excellent. Although the upper limit is not particularly limited, it is, for example, 8 or less, preferably 6 or less, and more preferably 4 or less.
 特定モノマーAは、そのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度が220℃以上である重合性化合物である。本明細書において、特定モノマーAのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度は、以下の手法により測定される値を意図する。 The specific monomer A is a polymerizable compound whose homopolymer has a glass transition temperature of 220°C or higher. As used herein, the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the specific monomer A intends a value measured by the following method.
<<特定モノマーAのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度(Tg(℃))の測定方法>>
〈1〉特定モノマーAを30質量%、シクロヘキシルメタクリレートを70質量%となる仕込み組成で合成し、重量平均分子量が60,000以上(好ましくは、重量平均分子量が60,000~100,000)となるコポリマーP1を得る。
〈2〉示唆熱熱量測定機(DSC)にて、得られたコポリマーP1のTgを評価する。
〈3〉Fox式に準ずる以下の式(1)を使用して、シクロヘキシルメタクリレートのホモポリマーのTgを98℃として、特定モノマーAのホモポリマーTgを算出する。
<<Method for measuring glass transition temperature (Tg (° C.)) of homopolymer of specific monomer A>>
<1> Synthesized with a charging composition of 30% by mass of specific monomer A and 70% by mass of cyclohexyl methacrylate, and having a weight average molecular weight of 60,000 or more (preferably, a weight average molecular weight of 60,000 to 100,000) to obtain a copolymer P1 of
<2> Evaluate the Tg of the obtained copolymer P1 with a differential thermal calorimeter (DSC).
<3> The Tg of the homopolymer of the specific monomer A is calculated using the following formula (1) based on the Fox formula, with the Tg of the homopolymer of cyclohexyl methacrylate set to 98°C.
 式(1)1/Tg=w1/Tg1+w2/Tg2
 式(1)中、Tgは、コポリマーP1のTg(K)を表す。Tg1は、特定モノマーAのホモポリマーTg(K)を表す。Tg2は、シクロヘキシルメタクリレートのホモポリマーTg(K)を表す。w1は、コポリマーP1中の全繰り返し単位に対する特定モノマーAに由来する繰り返し単位の質量分率を表す。w2は、コポリマーP1中の全繰り返し単位に対するシクロヘキシルメタクリレートのホモポリマーに由来する繰り返し単位の質量分率を表す。特定モノマーAのホモポリマーTgの算出に当たっては、w1は0.3とし、w2は0.7とする。
Formula (1) 1/Tg=w1/Tg1+w2/Tg2
In formula (1), Tg represents the Tg (K) of copolymer P1. Tg1 represents the homopolymer Tg (K) of the specific monomer A. Tg2 represents the homopolymer Tg(K) of cyclohexyl methacrylate. w1 represents the mass fraction of repeating units derived from the specific monomer A with respect to all repeating units in the copolymer P1. w2 represents the mass fraction of repeating units derived from the homopolymer of cyclohexyl methacrylate with respect to all repeating units in copolymer P1. In calculating the homopolymer Tg of the specific monomer A, w1 is set to 0.3 and w2 is set to 0.7.
 示唆熱熱量測定機としては、例えば、島津製作所製の示差走査熱量計「DSC-60 Plus測定システム」等を使用できる。 As a suggestive heat calorimeter, for example, a differential scanning calorimeter "DSC-60 Plus measurement system" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation can be used.
 特定モノマーAのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度は、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、220℃以上であるのが好ましく、250℃以上であるのがより好ましく、280℃以上であるのが更に好ましく、300℃以上であるのが特に好ましい。なお、上限値としては、特に制限されないが、400℃以下であるのが好ましい。 The glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the specific monomer A is preferably 220° C. or higher, more preferably 250° C. or higher, and even more preferably 280° C. or higher, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent. , 300° C. or higher is particularly preferred. Although the upper limit is not particularly limited, it is preferably 400° C. or less.
 特定モノマーAの保護基価は、3.40mmol/g以上である。なお、保護基価とは、特定モノマーA(重合性化合物)の質量に対する酸分解性基のモル量(mmol/g)を表す。なお、上限値としては、特に制限されないが、6.0mmol/g以下であるのが好ましい。保護基価としては、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、3.50mmol/g以上であるのが好ましく、3.60mmol/g以上であるのがより好ましい。 The protective group value of specific monomer A is 3.40 mmol/g or more. The protective group value represents the molar amount (mmol/g) of the acid-decomposable group relative to the mass of the specific monomer A (polymerizable compound). Although the upper limit is not particularly limited, it is preferably 6.0 mmol/g or less. The protective group value is preferably 3.50 mmol/g or more, and more preferably 3.60 mmol/g or more, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
 特定モノマーAの分子量としては特に制限されないが、例えば、400以上であるのが好ましい。なお、上限値としては、1,000以下であるのが好ましく、800以下であるのがより好ましく、700以下であるのが更に好ましい。 Although the molecular weight of the specific monomer A is not particularly limited, it is preferably 400 or more, for example. The upper limit is preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, and even more preferably 700 or less.
 特定モノマーAは、重合性基を有する。
 重合性基の種類としては特に制限されず、例えば、ラジカル重合性基及びカチオン重合性基が挙げられ、ラジカル重合性基が好ましく、エチレン性不飽和基であるのがより好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和基の種類としては、例えば、ビニル基、マレイミド基、CH=CR-(Rは、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子)を表す。)、CH=CR-CO-O-(Rは、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子)で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基、又は、水素原子を表す。なお、Rがメチル基又は水素原子を表すとき、CH=CR-CO-O-は(メタ)アクリル基に相当し、Rが塩素原子を表すとき、CH=CR-CO-O-はα-クロロアクリル基に相当する)等が挙げられ、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、(メタ)アクリル基であるのが好ましい。つまり、特定モノマーAは、(メタ)アクリル化合物であるのが好ましい。なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、重合性基はメタクリル基であるのがより好ましい。
 特定モノマーAは、単官能モノマーであるのが好ましい。
The specific monomer A has a polymerizable group.
The type of the polymerizable group is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, a radically polymerizable group and a cationic polymerizable group, preferably a radically polymerizable group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group.
Types of ethylenically unsaturated groups include, for example, a vinyl group, a maleimide group, and CH 2 ═CR T — (R T represents a halogen atom (eg, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom). ), CH 2 ═CR Q —CO—O— (R Q is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms optionally substituted with a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, and iodine atom) , or represents a hydrogen atom, when R Q represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, CH 2 =CR Q -CO-O- corresponds to a (meth)acryl group, and when R Q represents a chlorine atom , CH 2 ═CR Q —CO—O— corresponds to an α-chloroacryl group), etc., and a (meth)acryl group is preferred in that the effects of the present invention are more excellent. That is, the specific monomer A is preferably a (meth)acrylic compound. Among them, the polymerizable group is more preferably a methacryl group because the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
The specific monomer A is preferably a monofunctional monomer.
 特定モノマーAとしては、ガラス転移温度を所定値以上とする観点から、芳香環及び脂肪族複素環のいずれか1つ以上を含むのが好ましい。
 芳香環としては、単環でも多環でもよく、環員原子数は5~20が好ましい。芳香環基は環員原子として1以上(例えば1~5)のヘテロ原子(酸素原子、硫黄原子、及び窒素原子等)を有していてもよい。
 芳香環としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、トリレン環、アントラセン環、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾピロール環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、及び、チアゾール環等が挙げられ、ベンゼン環が好ましい。
The specific monomer A preferably contains one or more of an aromatic ring and an aliphatic heterocyclic ring from the viewpoint of setting the glass transition temperature to a predetermined value or higher.
The aromatic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 5 to 20 ring member atoms. The aromatic ring group may have one or more (eg, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, etc.) as ring member atoms.
Examples of aromatic rings include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, tolylene ring, anthracene ring, thiophene ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, benzothiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzopyrrole ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, and triazole. A ring, a thiadiazole ring, a thiazole ring and the like can be mentioned, and a benzene ring is preferred.
 脂肪族複素環としては、単環でも多環でもよく、有橋式であってもよい。なお、脂肪族複素環が有橋式であるとは、ノルボルネン等の橋かけ構造を有する化合物を指す。
 脂肪族複素環の環員原子数は5~20が好ましい。脂肪族複素環は、環員原子として、1以上(例えば1~5)のヘテロ原子を含む。なお、ヘテロ原子としては、酸素原子、硫黄原子、及び窒素原子等が挙げられる。また、脂肪族複素環は、環員原子の少なくとも1つ以上が、カルボニル炭素で置換されていてもよい。
 脂肪族複素環としては、例えば、以下に示す(1)~(50)の脂肪族炭化水素環において、環員原子の少なくとも1つ以上が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子によって置換されてなる構造の環が挙げられる。また、以下に示す(1)~(50)の脂肪族炭化水素環において環員原子の少なくとも1つ以上が、カルボニル炭素で置換されていてもよい。
The aliphatic heterocycle may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may be bridged. In addition, the fact that the aliphatic heterocyclic ring has a bridged structure refers to a compound having a bridged structure such as norbornene.
The number of ring member atoms in the aliphatic heterocycle is preferably 5-20. Aliphatic heterocycles contain one or more (eg, 1 to 5) heteroatoms as ring member atoms. In addition, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, etc. are mentioned as a heteroatom. In addition, at least one or more of the ring member atoms of the aliphatic heterocycle may be substituted with carbonyl carbon.
As the aliphatic heterocyclic ring, for example, in the following aliphatic hydrocarbon rings (1) to (50), at least one of the ring member atoms is substituted by a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom. is mentioned. In addition, at least one or more of the ring member atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon rings (1) to (50) shown below may be substituted with carbonyl carbon.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 なかでも、脂肪族複素環は、ガラス転移温度を所定値以上とする観点から、多環脂肪族複素環(多環式構造の脂肪族複素環)であるのが好ましく、なかでも有橋式であるのがより好ましい。 Among them, the aliphatic heterocycle is preferably a polycyclic aliphatic heterocycle (aliphatic heterocycle having a polycyclic structure) from the viewpoint of setting the glass transition temperature to a predetermined value or higher, especially a bridged type. It is more preferable to have
 特定ポリマーAは、芳香環のみを1つ以上含んでいてもよいし、脂肪族複素環のみを1つ以上含んでいてもよいし、芳香環と脂肪族複素環を各々1つ以上含んでいてもよい。また、特定ポリマーAが芳香環と脂肪族複素環を各々1つ以上含んでいる場合、芳香環と脂肪族複素環とが多環構造を形成していてもよい。
 なお、芳香環及び脂肪族複素環は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
The specific polymer A may contain only one or more aromatic rings, may contain one or more aliphatic heterocycles, or may contain one or more aromatic rings and one or more aliphatic heterocycles. good too. Moreover, when the specific polymer A contains one or more aromatic rings and one or more aliphatic heterocycles, the aromatic rings and the aliphatic heterocycles may form a polycyclic structure.
In addition, the aromatic ring and the aliphatic heterocyclic ring may further have a substituent.
 特定ポリマーAの好適な一態様としては、多環式構造の脂肪族複素環を有する重合性化合物か、又は、芳香環を有する重合性化合物である態様が挙げられる。 A preferred embodiment of the specific polymer A is a polymerizable compound having an aliphatic heterocycle with a polycyclic structure or a polymerizable compound having an aromatic ring.
 特定ポリマーAの具体例としては、例えば、下記一般式(A1)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
 一般式(A1): Y-L-Z-(R)
 式中、Yは、重合性基を表す。Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Zは、芳香環及び脂肪族複素環から選ばれる1つ以上を含む、(p+1)価の環状構造部位を表す。Rは、酸分解性基を表す。pは、1以上の整数を表す。
Specific examples of the specific polymer A include compounds represented by the following general formula (A1).
General formula (A1): Y-L-Z-(R) p
In the formula, Y represents a polymerizable group. L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Z represents a (p+1)-valent cyclic structural moiety containing one or more selected from an aromatic ring and an aliphatic heterocycle. R represents an acid-decomposable group. p represents an integer of 1 or more.
 Yで表される重合性基としては、上述した重合性基が挙げられる。本発明の効果がより優れる点で、マレイミド基又は(メタ)アクリル基が好ましく、マレイミド基又はメタクリル基がより好ましく、メタクリル基が更に好ましい。
 Lで表される2価の連結基としては、例えば、-CO-、-NR-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、2価の脂肪族複素環基、2価の芳香族複素環基、2価の芳香族炭化水素環基、及び、これらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基が挙げられる。なお、上述の、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、2価の脂肪族複素環基、2価の芳香族複素環基、2価の芳香族炭化水素環基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。上記-NR-におけるRは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。上記有機基は、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~6)が好ましい。
Examples of the polymerizable group represented by Y include the polymerizable groups described above. A maleimide group or a (meth)acryl group is preferable, a maleimide group or a methacryl group is more preferable, and a methacryl group is even more preferable, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L include -CO-, -NR d -, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, and an alkenylene group. , a divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, and a divalent linking group combining a plurality of these groups. The alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, alkenylene group, divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group, divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, and divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group described above further have a substituent. may be R d in —NR d — above represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. The organic group is preferably an alkyl group (eg, 1 to 6 carbon atoms).
 上記アルキレン基としては、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。また、炭素数としては、1~6であるのが好ましい。
 上記シクロアルキレン基の炭素数としては、3~15であるのが好ましい。
 上記アルケニレン基の炭素数としては、2~6であるのが好ましい。
 上記2価の脂肪族複素環基としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、及び、硫黄原子からなる群から選ばれるヘテロ原子を環員原子として有する環員原子数5~10の環であるのが好ましい。2価の脂肪族複素環基としては、下記式で表される基が一例として挙げられる。なお、式中、Rgは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基(置換基としては、水酸基等が好ましい。)を表し、*は結合位置を表す。
The alkylene group may be linear or branched. Also, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 6.
The cycloalkylene group preferably has 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
The alkenylene group preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
The divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group is preferably a ring having 5 to 10 ring member atoms and having a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom as a ring member atom. . Examples of divalent aliphatic heterocyclic groups include groups represented by the following formulas. In the formula, each Rg independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent (preferably a hydroxyl group or the like as the substituent), and * represents a bonding position.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 上記2価の芳香族複素環基としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、及び、硫黄原子からなる群から選ばれるヘテロ原子を環員原子として有する環員原子数5~10の環であるのが好ましい。
 上記2価の芳香族炭化水素環基としては、環員原子数6~10の環が挙げられる。
The divalent aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably a ring having 5 to 10 ring-member atoms having a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom as a ring-member atom. .
Examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include rings having 6 to 10 ring members.
 なお、Lで表される2価の連結基が2価の脂肪族複素環基、2価の芳香族複素環基、又は2価の芳香族炭化水素環基を含む場合、2価の脂肪族複素環基、2価の芳香族複素環基、又は2価の芳香族炭化水素環基は、一般式(A1)中に明示されるZに隣接する位置に配置されるのも好ましい。換言すると、一般式(A1)中に明示されるZに隣接する位置は、2価の脂肪族複素環基、2価の芳香族複素環基、又は2価の芳香族炭化水素環基であるのも好ましい。 Incidentally, if the divalent linking group represented by L contains a divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, a divalent aliphatic A heterocyclic group, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is also preferably arranged at a position adjacent to Z specified in general formula (A1). In other words, the position adjacent to Z specified in general formula (A1) is a divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. is also preferred.
 Lで表される2価の連結基としては、なかでも、-CO-、-NR-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基、2価の脂肪族複素環基、2価の芳香族炭化水素環基、及び、これらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基であるのが好ましい。
 上記「これらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基」としては、例えば、-アルキレン基-O-アルキレン基-フェニレン基-等が挙げられる。
The divalent linking group represented by L includes, among others, —CO—, —NR d —, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group, and a divalent aliphatic A heterocyclic group, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, and a divalent linking group combining a plurality of these groups are preferred.
Examples of the above-mentioned "a divalent linking group combining a plurality of these" include -alkylene group -O-alkylene group -phenylene group- and the like.
 Zは、芳香環及び脂肪族複素環から選ばれる1つ以上を含む環状構造部位を表す。
 上記芳香環及び上記脂肪族芳香環としては、既述のとおりである。
 環状構造部位は、置換基を有していてもよい環により構成されるp+1価の基である。
 上記環は、単環であっても多環であってもよく、芳香環、脂肪族複素環、及び、芳香環と脂肪族複素環とにより形成される多環が挙げられる。
 また、環状構造部位は、置換基を有していてもよい。ここで指す置換基とは、一般式(A1)中に示されるY-L-で表される基及びR以外の置換基を意図する。置換基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、水酸基、フェニル基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、及び、カルボキシ基等が挙げられる。なお、これらの置換基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。
Z represents a cyclic structural moiety containing one or more selected from aromatic rings and aliphatic heterocycles.
The aromatic ring and the aliphatic aromatic ring are as described above.
A cyclic structural site is a p+1-valent group composed of a ring that may have a substituent.
The above ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and includes aromatic rings, aliphatic heterocycles, and polycyclic rings formed by an aromatic ring and an aliphatic heterocycle.
Moreover, the cyclic structural part may have a substituent. The term "substituent" as used herein means any substituent other than the group represented by YL- and R in general formula (A1). Examples of substituents include, but are not limited to, hydroxyl groups, phenyl groups, cyano groups, halogen atoms, alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, alkoxy groups, and carboxy groups. In addition, these substituents may further have a substituent.
 Zで表される環状構造部位を構成する環の具体例としては、芳香環及び上記脂肪族芳香環の具体例として上段部にて例示した環に加えて、例えば、更に、以下の環が挙げられる。なお、芳香環及び上記脂肪族芳香環の具体例として上段部にて例示した環、及び、以下に示す環は、環員原子が有する水素原子をp+1個除かれることにより、Zで表される環状構造部位を形成する。すなわち、例えば、後述する式(AT1-2)の場合、Rg、Rg及び、Rgのうち少なくともp+1個が水素原子を表し、この水素原子が除かれることによりZで表される環状構造部位を形成する。また、後述する式(AT1-1)の場合、式中に明示される2つのベンゼン環の炭素原子に結合し得る水素原子(式中、n3が4でない場合、ベンゼン環は水素原子を有する。)並びに水素原子を表すRg及びRg(換言すると、Rg及びRgのうち水素原子を表しているもの)の中からp+1個の水素原子が除かれることによりZで表される環状構造部位を形成する。また、後述する式(AT1-3)の場合、式中に明示される1つのベンゼン環の炭素原子に結合し得る水素原子(式中、n3が4でない場合、ベンゼン環は水素原子を有する。)並びに水素原子を表すRg、Rg、及び、Rg(換言すると、Rg、Rg、及び、Rgのうち水素原子を表しているもの)の中からp+1個の水素原子が除かれることによりZで表される環状構造部位を形成する。
 なお、Zで表される環状構造部位を構成する環の具体例としては、これに制限されない。
Specific examples of the ring constituting the cyclic structural moiety represented by Z include, in addition to the rings exemplified above as specific examples of the aromatic ring and the above aliphatic aromatic ring, the following rings. be done. In addition, the rings exemplified in the upper part as specific examples of the aromatic ring and the above aliphatic aromatic ring, and the rings shown below are represented by Z by removing p + 1 hydrogen atoms possessed by the ring member atoms. Forms a cyclic structure. That is, for example, in the case of formula (AT1-2) described later, at least p+1 of Rg, Rg 1 , and Rg 1 represents a hydrogen atom, and the cyclic structural moiety represented by Z is obtained by removing this hydrogen atom. to form In the case of formula (AT1-1), which will be described later, a hydrogen atom that can be bonded to the carbon atoms of two benzene rings specified in the formula (where n3 is not 4, the benzene ring has a hydrogen atom. ) and Rg 1 and Rg 2 representing hydrogen atoms (in other words, Rg 1 and Rg 2 representing hydrogen atoms) are removed from p + 1 hydrogen atoms to form a cyclic structure represented by Z form a part. In the case of formula (AT1-3) described later, a hydrogen atom that can be bonded to a carbon atom of one benzene ring specified in the formula (where n3 is not 4, the benzene ring has a hydrogen atom. ) and Rg, Rg 1 , and Rg 2 representing hydrogen atoms (in other words, Rg, Rg 1 , and Rg 2 representing hydrogen atoms) are removed from p+1 hydrogen atoms. forms a cyclic structural moiety represented by Z.
Specific examples of the ring constituting the cyclic structural moiety represented by Z are not limited to these.
 単環又は多環の5~7員のラクトン環;例えば、下記式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)で表されるもの。置換基(Rb)としては、例えば、水酸基、フェニル基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、及び、カルボキシ基等が挙げられる。n2は、例えば、0~4の整数(好ましくは0~2の整数)を表す。n2が2の場合、複数存在するRbは、異なっていてもよく、また、複数存在するRb同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。また、下記ラクトン環の環員原子のうちの-COO-又は-O-には隣接しないメチレン基の1以上(例えば1~2)が、-O-又は-S-などのヘテロ原子で置き換わっていてもよい。 Monocyclic or polycyclic 5- to 7-membered lactone rings; for example, those represented by the following formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21). Examples of the substituent (Rb 2 ) include a hydroxyl group, a phenyl group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a carboxy group. n2 represents, for example, an integer of 0 to 4 (preferably an integer of 0 to 2). When n2 is 2, multiple Rb 2 may be different, and multiple Rb 2 may combine to form a ring. In addition, one or more methylene groups (eg, 1 to 2) not adjacent to -COO- or -O- among the ring member atoms of the lactone ring below are replaced with a hetero atom such as -O- or -S- may
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 単環又は多環の5~7員のスルトン環;例えば、下記式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)で表されるもの。置換基(Rb)及びn2は、ラクトン構造における置換基(Rb)及びn2と同様の説明ができる。
 また、スルトン環の環員原子のうちの-COO-又は-O-には隣接しないメチレン基の1以上(例えば1~2)が、-O-又は-S-などのヘテロ原子で置き換わっていてもよい。
A monocyclic or polycyclic 5- to 7-membered sultone ring; for example, those represented by the following formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3). The substituents (Rb 2 ) and n2 can be explained in the same manner as the substituents (Rb 2 ) and n2 in the lactone structure.
Further, one or more methylene groups (eg, 1 to 2) not adjacent to -COO- or -O- among the ring member atoms of the sultone ring are replaced with heteroatoms such as -O- or -S- good too.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 その他の例:上述のラクトン環及びスルトン環以外の例としては、例えば、下記式(AT1-1)~(AT1-3)が挙げられる。Rfは、置換基を表し、ラクトン構造における置換基(Rb)と同様のものが挙げられる。n3は、例えば、0~4の整数(好ましくは0~2の整数)を表す。n3が2以上の場合、複数存在するRfは、異なっていてもよく、また、複数存在するRf同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。
 Rg、Rg、及びRgは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。Rg、Rg、及びRgで表される置換基としては、ラクトン構造における置換基(Rb)と同様のものが挙げられる。
 なお、下記式(AT1-1)~(AT1-3)中、Rgのいずれか1つ以上(好ましくは2つ以上)が水素原子を表し、この水素原子が除かれることにより一般式(A1)中のRとの結合手が形成されるのが好ましい。また、Rgが水素原子を表し、この水素原子が除かれることにより一般式(A1)中のY-L-で表される基との結合手が形成されるのが好ましい。なお、下記一般式(AT1-1)で表される環は、9、10-ジヒドロアントラセンを基本骨格としている。
Other examples: Examples other than the lactone ring and sultone ring described above include the following formulas (AT1-1) to (AT1-3). Rf represents a substituent, and examples thereof include those similar to the substituent (Rb 2 ) in the lactone structure. n3 represents, for example, an integer of 0 to 4 (preferably an integer of 0 to 2). When n3 is 2 or more, multiple Rf's may be different, and multiple Rf's may combine to form a ring.
Rg, Rg 1 and Rg 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Substituents represented by Rg, Rg 1 and Rg 2 include those similar to the substituent (Rb 2 ) in the lactone structure.
In the following formulas (AT1-1) to (AT1-3), any one or more (preferably two or more) of Rg 1 represents a hydrogen atom, and by removing the hydrogen atom, the general formula (A1 ) is preferably formed. It is also preferable that Rg 2 represents a hydrogen atom, and removal of this hydrogen atom forms a bond with the group represented by YL- in general formula (A1). The ring represented by the following general formula (AT1-1) has 9,10-dihydroanthracene as its basic skeleton.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 Rは、酸分解性基を表す。Rで表される酸分解性基としては、上述した酸分解性基が挙げられ好適態様も同じである。 R represents an acid-decomposable group. Examples of the acid-decomposable group represented by R include the above-described acid-decomposable groups, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
 pは、1以上の整数を表す。pとしては、2~6が好ましく、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、2~4がより好ましく、2が更に好ましい。  p represents an integer of 1 or more. As p, 2 to 6 are preferable, 2 to 4 are more preferable, and 2 is even more preferable in that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
 以下に特定モノマーAの具体例(A群及びB群)を例示するが、これに制限されない。なお、以下に示す特定モノマーAの(A群)に属する化合物は、いずれも、9、10-ジヒドロアントラセンを基本骨格とした化合物に相当する。
(A群)
Specific examples of the specific monomer A (group A and group B) are shown below, but are not limited thereto. All of the compounds belonging to (Group A) of the specific monomer A shown below correspond to compounds having 9,10-dihydroanthracene as a basic skeleton.
(Group A)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(B群) (Group B)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000025
<<特定酸分解性樹脂Aの繰り返し単位>>
<特定モノマーAに由来する繰り返し単位(酸分解性繰り返し単位)>
 特定酸分解性樹脂Aは、酸分解性繰り返し単位として、特定モノマーAに由来する繰り返し単位を含む。
 特定モノマーAに由来する繰り返し単位は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
 特定モノマーAに由来する繰り返し単位の含有量の下限値としては、特定酸分解性樹脂Aの全繰り返し単位に対して、10質量%以上が好ましく、20質量%以上がより好ましく、30質量%以上が更に好ましく、40質量%以上が特に好ましい。また、上限値としては、100質量%以下が好ましく、90質量%以下がより好ましく、85質量%以下が更に好ましい。
<<Repeating unit of specific acid-decomposable resin A>>
<Repeating unit derived from specific monomer A (acid-decomposable repeating unit)>
The specific acid-decomposable resin A contains repeating units derived from the specific monomer A as acid-decomposable repeating units.
The repeating units derived from the specific monomer A may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The lower limit of the content of repeating units derived from the specific monomer A is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and 30% by mass or more, based on the total repeating units of the specific acid-decomposable resin A. is more preferable, and 40% by mass or more is particularly preferable. Moreover, as an upper limit, 100 mass % or less is preferable, 90 mass % or less is more preferable, and 85 mass % or less is still more preferable.
<その他の酸分解性繰り返し単位>
 特定酸分解性樹脂Aは、酸分解性繰り返し単位として、特定モノマーAに由来する繰り返し単位以外の他の酸分解性繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。その他の酸分解性繰り返し単位としては、上述した酸分解性基を有する(メタ)アクリル化合物に由来する繰り返し単位等が挙げられる。
<Other acid-decomposable repeating units>
The specific acid-decomposable resin A may contain acid-decomposable repeating units other than the repeating units derived from the specific monomer A as acid-decomposable repeating units. Other acid-decomposable repeating units include repeating units derived from the above-mentioned acid-decomposable group-containing (meth)acrylic compounds.
<酸基を有する繰り返し単位>
 特定酸分解性樹脂Aは、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
 酸基を有する繰り返し単位は、上述した繰り返し単位とは異なる繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
 酸基としては、pKaが13以下の酸基が好ましい。上記酸基の酸解離定数は、上記のように、13以下が好ましく、3~13がより好ましく、5~10が更に好ましい。
 特定酸分解性樹脂Aが、pKaが13以下の酸基を有する場合、特定酸分解性樹脂A中における酸基の含有量は特に制限されないが、0.2~6.0mmol/gの場合が多い。なかでも、0.8~6.0mmol/gが好ましく、1.2~5.0mmol/gがより好ましく、1.6~4.0mmol/gが更に好ましい。酸基の含有量が上記範囲内であれば、現像が良好に進行し、形成されるパターン形状に優れ、解像性にも優れる。
 酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、水酸基、芳香族性水酸基(フェノール性水酸基)、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、又は、イソプロパノール基等が好ましい。
 また、上記ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基は、フッ素原子の1つ以上(好ましくは1~2つ)が、フッ素原子以外の基(アルコキシカルボニル基等)で置換されてもよい。このように形成された-C(CF)(OH)-CF-も、酸基として好ましい。また、フッ素原子の1つ以上がフッ素原子以外の基に置換されて、-C(CF)(OH)-CF-を含む環を形成してもよい。
 酸基を有する繰り返し単位は、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していてもよい。
<Repeating unit having an acid group>
The specific acid-decomposable resin A may have a repeating unit having an acid group.
The repeating unit having an acid group is preferably a repeating unit different from the repeating units described above.
As the acid group, an acid group having a pKa of 13 or less is preferable. As described above, the acid dissociation constant of the acid group is preferably 13 or less, more preferably 3-13, and even more preferably 5-10.
When the specific acid-decomposable resin A has an acid group with a pKa of 13 or less, the content of the acid group in the specific acid-decomposable resin A is not particularly limited, but may be 0.2 to 6.0 mmol/g. many. Among them, 0.8 to 6.0 mmol/g is preferable, 1.2 to 5.0 mmol/g is more preferable, and 1.6 to 4.0 mmol/g is even more preferable. If the content of the acid group is within the above range, the development proceeds satisfactorily, the formed pattern shape is excellent, and the resolution is also excellent.
The acid group is preferably, for example, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an aromatic hydroxyl group (phenolic hydroxyl group), a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, or an isopropanol group. .
In the hexafluoroisopropanol group, one or more (preferably 1 to 2) fluorine atoms may be substituted with a group other than a fluorine atom (such as an alkoxycarbonyl group). —C(CF 3 )(OH)—CF 2 — thus formed is also preferred as an acid group. Also, one or more of the fluorine atoms may be substituted with a group other than a fluorine atom to form a ring containing -C(CF 3 )(OH)-CF 2 -.
A repeating unit having an acid group may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
 酸基を有する繰り返し単位は、一般式(B)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 The repeating unit having an acid group is preferably a repeating unit represented by general formula (B).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 Rは、水素原子、又は、フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよい有機基を表す。
 フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していてもよい有機基は、-L-Rで表される基が好ましい。Lとしては、単結合、又は、エステル基を表す。Rは、フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいアルキル基、フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいシクロアルキル基、フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいアリール基、又は、これらを組み合わせた基が挙げられる。
R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
The organic group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom is preferably a group represented by -L 4 -R 8 . L4 represents a single bond or an ester group. R 8 is an alkyl group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a cycloalkyl group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, an aryl group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, Alternatively, a group obtained by combining these may be mentioned.
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、ヨウ素原子、又は、フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す。 R4 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, or an alkyl group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
 Lは、単結合、エステル基、又は、-CO-、-O-、及び、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6。直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。また、-CH-がハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。)を組み合わせてなる2価の基を表す。
 Lは、(n+m+1)価の芳香族炭化水素環基、又は、(n+m+1)価の脂環式炭化水素環基を表す。芳香族炭化水素環基としては、ベンゼン環基、及び、ナフタレン環基が挙げられる。脂環式炭化水素環基としては、単環でも、多環でもよく、例えば、シクロアルキル環基、ノルボルネン環基、及び、アダマンタン環基等が挙げられる。
L 2 is a single bond, an ester group, or —CO—, —O—, or an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. It may be linear or branched. In addition, —CH 2 — is optionally substituted with a halogen atom) represents a divalent group formed by combining.
L 3 represents an (n+m+1)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or an (n+m+1)-valent alicyclic hydrocarbon ring group. Aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups include a benzene ring group and a naphthalene ring group. The alicyclic hydrocarbon ring group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and examples thereof include cycloalkyl ring groups, norbornene ring groups, and adamantane ring groups.
 Rは、水酸基、又は、フッ素化アルコール基を表す。フッ素化アルコール基は、下記式(3L)で表される基が好ましい。
 *-L6X-R6X  (3L)
 L6Xは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-SO-、-NR-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6。直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい)、及び、これらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基が挙げられる。Rとしては、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基が挙げられる。また、上記アルキレン基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子(好ましくはフッ素原子)及び水酸基等が挙げられる。R6Xとしては、ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基を表す。
 なお、Rが水酸基の場合、Lは(n+m+1)価の芳香族炭化水素環基であるのも好ましい。
R6 represents a hydroxyl group or a fluorinated alcohol group. The fluorinated alcohol group is preferably a group represented by the following formula (3L).
*-L 6X -R 6X (3L)
L6X represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Although the divalent linking group is not particularly limited, examples thereof include -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, linear or a branched chain), and a divalent linking group combining a plurality of these. RA includes a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Moreover, the said alkylene group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms (preferably fluorine atoms) and hydroxyl groups. R6X represents a hexafluoroisopropanol group.
When R 6 is a hydroxyl group, L 3 is also preferably an (n+m+1)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group.
 Rは、ハロゲン原子を表す。
 mは、1以上の整数を表す。mは、1~3の整数が好ましく、1~2の整数が好ましい。
 nは、0又は1以上の整数を表す。nは、1~4の整数が好ましい。
 なお、(n+m+1)は、1~5の整数が好ましい。
R7 represents a halogen atom.
m represents an integer of 1 or more. m is preferably an integer of 1-3, more preferably an integer of 1-2.
n represents an integer of 0 or 1 or more. n is preferably an integer of 1-4.
(n+m+1) is preferably an integer of 1-5.
 酸基を有する繰り返し単位は、一般式(A2)で表される繰り返し単位も好ましい。
 一般式(A2)で表される繰り返し単位は、酸基として、芳香族性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位である。
The repeating unit having an acid group is also preferably a repeating unit represented by general formula (A2).
The repeating unit represented by general formula (A2) is a repeating unit having an aromatic hydroxyl group as an acid group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 一般式(A2)中、R101、R102、及び、R103は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。例えば炭素数1~6)、シクロアルキル基(単環又は多環。例えば環員原子数3~15)、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は、アルコキシカルボニル基(例えば炭素数2~7。アルキル基部分は直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい)を表す。 In general formula (A2), R 101 , R 102 and R 103 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched; for example, 1 to 6 carbon atoms), or a cycloalkyl group. (monocyclic or polycyclic; for example, 3 to 15 ring members), halogen atom, cyano group, or alkoxycarbonyl group (for example, 2 to 7 carbon atoms; the alkyl group portion may be linear or branched) represents
 一般式(A2)中、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 一般式(A2)中のLで表される2価の連結基としては、例えば、-CO-、-NR-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6。直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~6)、2価の脂肪族複素環基(好ましくは少なくとも1つの窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は、セレン原子を環員原子として有する環員原子数5~10の環が)、2価の芳香族複素環基(好ましくは少なくとも1つの窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は、セレン原子を環員原子として有する環員原子数5~10の環)、2価の芳香族炭化水素環基(好ましくは環員原子数6~10の環)、及び、これらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基が挙げられる。上記-NR-におけるRは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。上記有機基は、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~6)が好ましい。
In general formula ( A2 ), LA represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Examples of the divalent linking group represented by LA in the general formula ( A2 ) include -CO-, -NR-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2 -, an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), 2 a valent aliphatic heterocyclic group (preferably a ring having 5 to 10 ring-member atoms having at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom or selenium atom as a ring-member atom), divalent aromatic heterocyclic group Ring group (preferably at least one nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, or a ring having 5 to 10 ring-member atoms having a selenium atom as a ring-member atom), a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group (preferably rings having 6 to 10 ring member atoms), and divalent linking groups combining a plurality of these. R in -NR- above represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. The organic group is preferably an alkyl group (eg, 1 to 6 carbon atoms).
 Arは、芳香環基(ベンゼン環基等)を表す。
 上記芳香環基は単環でも多環でもよく、環員原子として1以上(例えば1~3)のヘテロ原子を有していても有していなくてもよい。上記芳香環基の環員原子数は、5~15が好ましい。
Ar A represents an aromatic ring group (such as a benzene ring group).
The aromatic ring group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may or may not have one or more (eg, 1 to 3) heteroatoms as ring member atoms. The number of ring member atoms of the aromatic ring group is preferably 5-15.
 一般式(A2)中、kは、1~5の整数を表す。 In general formula (A2), k represents an integer of 1-5.
 ただし、R102はArと結合してもよく、その場合のR102は単結合又はアルキレン基(直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数は例えば1~6)を表す。
 この場合、Arで表される芳香環基は、上記単結合又は上記アルキレン基を介して、主鎖を構成する炭素原子(R101が結合する炭素原子)と結合する。
However, R 102 may be bonded to Ar 2 A , in which case R 102 represents a single bond or an alkylene group (either linear or branched, having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, for example).
In this case, the aromatic ring group represented by Ar 1 A is bonded to the carbon atom constituting the main chain (the carbon atom to which R 101 is bonded) via the above single bond or the above alkylene group.
 以下に、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を例示する。 Examples of repeating units having an acid group are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 以下の例示において、式中、aは1又は2を表す。 In the following examples, a represents 1 or 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 なお、上記繰り返し単位のなかでも、以下に具体的に記載する繰り返し単位が好ましい。式中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、aは2又は3を表す。 Among the above repeating units, repeating units specifically described below are preferable. In the formula, R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a represents 2 or 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 酸基を有する繰り返し単位は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
 酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、特定酸分解性樹脂Aの全繰り返し単位に対して、5~80質量%が好ましく、5~60質量%がより好ましく、10~50質量%が更に好ましく、15~50質量%が特に好ましい。
The repeating units having an acid group may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of repeating units having an acid group is preferably 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 5 to 60% by mass, and still more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, based on the total repeating units of the specific acid-decomposable resin A. , 15 to 50% by weight are particularly preferred.
<ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位>
 特定酸分解性樹脂Aは、ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。
 ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位は、上述した繰り返し単位とは異なる繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
 また、ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位が、上述した繰り返し単位(例えば酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位)を兼ねていてもよい。
<Repeating Unit Having Lactone Group>
The specific acid-decomposable resin A also preferably has a repeating unit having a lactone group.
The repeating unit having a lactone group is preferably a repeating unit different from the repeating units described above.
Moreover, the repeating unit having a lactone group may also serve as the above-described repeating unit (for example, the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group).
 ラクトン基としては、ラクトン構造を有していればよい。ラクトン構造は、5~7員環ラクトン構造が好ましい。なかでも、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環ラクトン構造に他の環構造が縮環しているもの、がより好ましい。
 特定酸分解性樹脂Aは、下記式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造の水素原子を1つ以上(例えば1~2つ)引き抜いてなるラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
 また、ラクトン基が主鎖に直接結合していてもよい。例えば、ラクトン基の環員原子が、特定酸分解性樹脂Aの主鎖を構成してもよい。
The lactone group may have a lactone structure. The lactone structure is preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure. Among them, those in which a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure is condensed with another ring structure to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure are more preferable.
The specific acid-decomposable resin A has a lactone group obtained by extracting one or more (for example, one or two) hydrogen atoms from a lactone structure represented by any of the following formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21). It is preferable to have a repeating unit having
Alternatively, the lactone group may be directly attached to the main chain. For example, the ring member atoms of the lactone group may constitute the main chain of the specific acid-decomposable resin A.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 上記ラクトン構造は、置換基(Rb)を有していてもよい。置換基(Rb)としては、例えば、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数4~7のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、シアノ基、酸分解性基を含む基(酸分解性基そのものであってもよい)、及び、これらの組み合わせからなる基等が挙げられる。n2は、0~4の整数を表す。n2が2以上の時、複数存在するRbは、異なっていてもよく、また、複数存在するRb同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。
 上記ラクトン構造の環員原子のうちの-COO-又は-O-には隣接しないメチレン基の1以上(例えば1~2)が、-O-又は-S-などのヘテロ原子で置き換わっていてもよい。
The lactone structure may have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Examples of the substituent (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and carboxyl. group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a group containing an acid-decomposable group (which may be the acid-decomposable group itself), and a group consisting of a combination thereof. n2 represents an integer of 0-4. When n2 is 2 or more, multiple Rb 2 may be different, and multiple Rb 2 may combine to form a ring.
Among the ring member atoms of the lactone structure, one or more (eg, 1 to 2) methylene groups not adjacent to -COO- or -O- may be replaced with heteroatoms such as -O- or -S- good.
 ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位としては、例えば、下記一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位等が挙げられる。 Examples of repeating units having a lactone group include repeating units represented by the following general formula (AI).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 一般式(AI)中、Rbは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。
 Rbのアルキル基が有していてもよい好ましい置換基としては、水酸基、及び、ハロゲン原子が挙げられる。
 Rbのハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及び、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。Rbは、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。
 Abは、単結合、アルキレン基、単環又は多環の脂環炭化水素構造を有する2価の連結基、エーテル基、エステル基、カルボニル基、カルボキシル基、又は、これらを組み合わせた2価の基を表す。なかでも、単結合、又は、-Ab-CO-で表される連結基が好ましい。Abは、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基、又は、単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキレン基であり、メチレン基、エチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、アダマンチレン基、又は、ノルボルニレン基が好ましい。
 Vは、式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造の環員原子から水素原子を1つ引き抜いてなる基を表す。
In general formula (AI), Rb 0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
Preferred substituents that the alkyl group of Rb 0 may have include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom.
Halogen atoms for Rb 0 include fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms. Rb 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Ab is a single bond, an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a combination of these divalent groups represents Among them, a single bond or a linking group represented by -Ab 1 -CO 2 - is preferred. Ab 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkylene group, preferably a methylene group, ethylene group, cyclohexylene group, adamantylene group or norbornylene group.
V represents a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a ring member atom of the lactone structure represented by any one of formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21).
 ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位としては、例えば、一般式(AII)又は(AIII)で表される繰り返し単位でもよい。 A repeating unit having a lactone group may be, for example, a repeating unit represented by general formula (AII) or (AIII).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 一般式(AII)及び(AIII)中、RIIIは各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 RIIIは、水素原子が好ましい。
 一般式(AII)中、ahdは、式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造の互いに隣り合う環員原子から水素原子を1つずつ引き抜いてなる基を表す。
 一般式(AIII)中、ahdは、式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造の環員原子の1つから水素原子を2つ引き抜いてなる基を表す。
In general formulas (AII) and (AIII), each RIII independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
RIII is preferably a hydrogen atom.
In general formula (AII), ahd 1 is a group obtained by extracting hydrogen atoms one by one from adjacent ring member atoms of the lactone structure represented by any one of formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21). represents
In general formula (AIII), ahd 2 is a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from one of the ring member atoms of the lactone structure represented by any one of formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21). show.
 ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位を以下に例示する。 Examples of repeating units having a lactone group are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位に、光学異性体が存在する場合、いずれの光学異性体を用いてもよい。また、1種の光学異性体を単独で用いても、複数の光学異性体を混合して用いてもよい。1種の光学異性体を主に用いる場合、その光学純度(ee)は90以上が好ましく、95以上がより好ましい。 When an optical isomer exists in the repeating unit having a lactone group, any optical isomer may be used. Moreover, one kind of optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used. When one kind of optical isomer is mainly used, its optical purity (ee) is preferably 90 or more, more preferably 95 or more.
 ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
 ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、特定酸分解性樹脂A中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~50質量%が好ましく、3~40質量%がより好ましく、5~30質量%が更に好ましく、5~20質量%が特に好ましい。
A repeating unit having a lactone group may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of repeating units having a lactone group is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 3 to 40% by mass, and further preferably 5 to 30% by mass, based on the total repeating units in the specific acid-decomposable resin A. Preferably, 5 to 20% by weight is particularly preferred.
 また、特定酸分解性樹脂Aは、その他の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。その他の繰り返し単位としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/193954号公報の段落[0074]~[0079]、[0090]~[0100]、及び[0103]~[0133]に挙げられた繰り返し単位、国際公開第2020/004306号公報の段落[0152]~[00173]に挙げられた繰り返し単位、国際公開2019/167481号公報の段落[0042]~[0059]にて挙げられたスルトン基又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位等が挙げられる。 In addition, the specific acid-decomposable resin A may contain other repeating units. Other repeating units include, for example, repeating units listed in paragraphs [0074] to [0079], [0090] to [0100], and [0103] to [0133] of WO2018/193954, Repeating units listed in paragraphs [0152] to [00173] of WO2020/004306, sultone groups or carbonate groups listed in paragraphs [0042] to [0059] of WO2019/167481 and a repeating unit having
 特定酸分解性樹脂Aは、上記の繰り返し構造単位以外に、ドライエッチング耐性、標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、解像力、耐熱性、及び、感度等を調節する目的で様々な繰り返し構造単位を有していてもよい。 In addition to the above repeating structural units, the specific acid-decomposable resin A has various repeating structures for the purpose of adjusting dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, resolution, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc. May have units.
 特定酸分解性樹脂Aは、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成できる。
 GPC法によりポリスチレン換算値として、特定酸分解性樹脂Aの重量平均分子量は、1,000~200,000が好ましく、3,000~20,000がより好ましく、5,000~15,000が更に好ましい。特定酸分解性樹脂Aの重量平均分子量を、上記範囲内とすることにより、耐熱性及びドライエッチング耐性の劣化をより一層抑制できる。また、現像性の劣化、及び、粘度が高くなって製膜性が劣化することもより一層抑制できる。
 特定酸分解性樹脂Aの分散度(分子量分布)は、通常1.0~5.0であり、1.0~3.0が好ましく、1.2~3.0がより好ましく、1.2~2.0が更に好ましい。分散度が小さいものほど、解像度、及び、レジスト形状がより優れ、更に、レジストパターンの側壁がよりスムーズであり、ラフネス性にもより優れる。
The specific acid-decomposable resin A can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
The weight-average molecular weight of the specific acid-decomposable resin A is preferably from 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably from 3,000 to 20,000, and further from 5,000 to 15,000 as a polystyrene equivalent value by the GPC method. preferable. By setting the weight-average molecular weight of the specific acid-decomposable resin A within the above range, deterioration of heat resistance and dry etching resistance can be further suppressed. In addition, it is possible to further suppress the deterioration of the developability and the deterioration of the film formability due to an increase in viscosity.
The dispersion degree (molecular weight distribution) of the specific acid-decomposable resin A is usually 1.0 to 5.0, preferably 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.2 to 3.0, and 1.2. ~2.0 is more preferred. The smaller the degree of dispersion, the better the resolution and resist shape, the smoother the side walls of the resist pattern, and the better the roughness.
 特定酸分解性樹脂Aは、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物において、特定酸分解性樹脂Aの含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、10~99.9質量%が好ましく、60~99.5質量%がより好ましく、70~99質量%が更に好ましく、80~99質量%が特に好ましい。
 なお、固形分とは、レジスト膜を形成する成分を意図し、溶剤は含まれない。また、レジスト膜を形成する成分であれば、その性状が液体状であっても、固形分とみなす。
The specific acid-decomposable resin A may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
In the resist composition of the first embodiment, the content of the specific acid-decomposable resin A is preferably 10 to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 60 to 99.5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. Preferably, 70 to 99% by mass is more preferable, and 80 to 99% by mass is particularly preferable.
In addition, solid content intends the component which forms a resist film, and does not include a solvent. In addition, as long as it is a component that forms a resist film, it is regarded as a solid content even if its property is liquid.
〔光酸発生剤〕
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物は、光酸発生剤を含む。
 光酸発生剤は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物である。
[Photoacid generator]
The resist composition of the first embodiment contains a photoacid generator.
A photoacid generator is a compound that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
 光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物であることが好ましく、その分子量は、3000以下が好ましく、2000以下がより好ましく、1000以下が更に好ましい。上記分子量の下限は例えば、100以上である。
 光酸発生剤としては、特に制限されないが、活性光線又は放射線(好ましくは、電子線又は極紫外線)の照射又は加熱により、有機酸を発生する化合物が好ましい。
 上記有機酸としては、例えば、スルホン酸、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド、及び、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドの少なくともいずれかが好ましい。
The photoacid generator is preferably a low-molecular-weight compound, and its molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, and even more preferably 1,000 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight is, for example, 100 or more.
Although the photoacid generator is not particularly limited, a compound that generates an organic acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation (preferably electron beams or extreme ultraviolet rays) or heating is preferred.
As the organic acid, for example, at least one of sulfonic acid, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide is preferable.
 光酸発生剤は、イオン性の化合物でもよく、非イオン性の化合物でもよい。 The photoacid generator may be an ionic compound or a nonionic compound.
<イオン性の化合物である光酸発生剤>
 イオン性の化合物である光酸発生剤は、オニウム塩である光酸発生剤でもよく、分子内塩(ベタイン化合物)である光酸発生剤でもよい。
<Photoacid generator that is an ionic compound>
The photoacid generator that is an ionic compound may be an onium salt photoacid generator or an inner salt (betaine compound).
 (オニウム塩である光酸発生剤)
 オニウム塩である光酸発生剤は、通常、カチオン部位とアニオン部位を有する。
 オニウム塩である光酸発生剤は、例えば「Mp+  Xq- 」で表される化合物が挙げられる。
 「Mp+  Xq- 」において、p、q、m、及び、nは、各々独立に、1以上(好ましくは1~8)の整数を表す。
 Mp+は、電荷がpの有機カチオンを表す。有機カチオンは、カチオン部位を一部分として含んでいてもよく、カチオン部位そのものであってもよい。有機カチオンは、カチオン部位そのものであることが好ましい。
 Xq-は、電荷がqの有機アニオンを表す。有機アニオンは、アニオン部位を一部分として含んでいてもよく、アニオン部位そのものであってもよい。有機アニオンは、アニオン部位を一部分として含んでいることが好ましい。
 複数存在する場合のMp+及びXq-は、各々同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 複数存在し得るMp+におけるpの平均値にmを乗じた値と、複数存在し得るXq-におけるqの平均値にnを乗じた値とは、同値である。
 なかでも、pが1であることが好ましい。
 例えば、p、q、m、及び、nがいずれも1であることが好ましい。
 他にも、pが1で、qが2~8で、mがqと同値で、nが1であることも好ましい。
(Photoacid generator that is an onium salt)
Photoacid generators that are onium salts usually have a cation site and an anion site.
Photoacid generators that are onium salts include, for example, compounds represented by “M p+ m X q− n ”.
In “M p+ m X q− n ”, p, q, m and n each independently represent an integer of 1 or more (preferably 1 to 8).
M p+ represents an organic cation with charge p. The organic cation may contain a cation site as a part thereof, or may be the cation site itself. The organic cation is preferably the cation site itself.
X q- represents an organic anion with charge q. The organic anion may contain an anion site as a part thereof, or may be the anion site itself. The organic anion preferably contains an anion site as part.
M p+ and X q− may be the same or different when there are a plurality of them.
The value obtained by multiplying the average value of p in M p+ , which may exist in plural numbers, by m is the same value as the value obtained by multiplying the average value of q in X q− , which may exist in plural numbers, by n.
Among them, p is preferably 1.
For example, it is preferred that all of p, q, m and n are 1.
In addition, it is also preferable that p is 1, q is 2 to 8, m is the same as q, and n is 1.
・有機カチオン
 カチオン部位は、正電荷を帯びた原子又は原子団を含む構造部位であり、例えば、電荷が1価の有機カチオンが好ましい。
 有機カチオンは、各々独立に、式(ZaI)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI))又は式(ZaII)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaII))が好ましい。
-Organic cation The cation site is a structural site containing a positively charged atom or atomic group, and is preferably, for example, a monovalent organic cation.
The organic cations are each independently preferably an organic cation represented by the formula (ZaI) (cation (ZaI)) or an organic cation represented by the formula (ZaII) (cation (ZaII)).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 上記式(ZaI)において、
 R201、R202、及び、R203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202、及び、R203としての有機基の炭素数は、通常1~30であり、1~20が好ましい。また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、又は、カルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基及びペンチレン基)、及び、-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-が挙げられる。
In the above formula (ZaI),
R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
The number of carbon atoms in the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is generally 1-30, preferably 1-20. Also, two of R 201 to R 203 may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group. Groups formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include, for example, an alkylene group (eg, a butylene group and a pentylene group), and —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 — are mentioned.
 式(ZaI)における有機カチオンの好適な態様としては、後述する、カチオン(ZaI-1)、式(ZaI-3b)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI-3b))、及び、式(ZaI-4b)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI-4b))が挙げられる。 Preferred embodiments of the organic cation in the formula (ZaI) include the cation (ZaI-1), the organic cation represented by the formula (ZaI-3b) (cation (ZaI-3b)), and the formula (ZaI), which will be described later. -4b) (cation (ZaI-4b)).
 まず、カチオン(ZaI-1)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-1)は、上記式(ZaI)のR201~R203の少なくとも1つがアリール基である、アリールスルホニウムカチオンである。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンは、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基であり、残りがアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であってもよい。
 また、R201~R203のうちの1つがアリール基であり、R201~R203のうちの残りの2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、又は、カルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。
 R201~R203のうちの2つが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、アルキレン基AL、-芳香環基-アルキレン基AL-芳香環基-、-芳香環基-芳香環基-、及び、-芳香環基-O-芳香環基-が挙げられる。上記アルキレン基ALは直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよいアルキレン基である。また、アルキレン基ALを構成するメチレン基の1以上が酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、及び、/又は、カルボニル基で置換されていてもよい。アルキレン基ALとしては、例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基、及び、-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-)が挙げられる。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンとしては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウムカチオン、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、アリールジアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、及び、アリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウムカチオンが挙げられる。
 上記トリアリールスルホニウムカチオン、上記ジアリールアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、及び、上記ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウムカチオンにおけるアリール基の2個が、単結合又は二価の連結基(-O-、-S-、アルキレン基、若しくは、これらの組み合わせからなる基等)を介して結合していてもよい。
First, the cation (ZaI-1) will be described.
Cation (ZaI-1) is an arylsulfonium cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZaI) above is an aryl group.
In the arylsulfonium cation, all of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, or part of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups and the rest may be alkyl groups or cycloalkyl groups.
In addition, one of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remaining two of R 201 to R 203 may combine to form a ring structure, in which an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, It may contain an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group.
Examples of groups formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include alkylene group AL, -aromatic ring group-alkylene group AL-aromatic ring group-, -aromatic ring group-aromatic ring group-, and , -aromatic ring group -O-aromatic ring group-. The alkylene group AL is an alkylene group which may be linear or branched. Also, one or more methylene groups constituting the alkylene group AL may be substituted with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group and/or a carbonyl group. The alkylene group AL includes, for example, a butylene group, a pentylene group, and —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 —).
Arylsulfonium cations include, for example, triarylsulfonium cations, diarylalkylsulfonium cations, aryldialkylsulfonium cations, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium cations, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium cations.
Two of the aryl groups in the triarylsulfonium cation, the diarylalkylsulfonium cation, and the diarylcycloalkylsulfonium cation are a single bond or a divalent linking group (—O—, —S—, an alkylene group, or group consisting of a combination of these, etc.).
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンに含まれるアリール基としては、フェニル基又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は、硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、及び、ベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。アリールスルホニウムカチオンが2つ以上のアリール基を有する場合に、2つ以上あるアリール基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンが必要に応じて有しているアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は、炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等がより好ましい。
The aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Heterocyclic structures include pyrrole residues, furan residues, thiophene residues, indole residues, benzofuran residues, and benzothiophene residues. When the arylsulfonium cation has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group optionally possessed by the arylsulfonium cation is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or 3 to 3 carbon atoms. 15 cycloalkyl groups are preferred, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclohexyl and the like are more preferred.
 R201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、及び、シクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、各々独立に、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキルアルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキルスルホニル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素、ヨウ素)、水酸基、カルボキシル基、エステル基を有する基、スルフィニル基を有する基、スルホニル基を有する基、アルキルチオ基、及び、フェニルチオ基等が好ましい。
 上記置換基は可能な場合更に置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、上記アルキル基が置換基としてハロゲン原子を有して、トリフルオロメチル基などのハロゲン化アルキル基となっていることも好ましい。
 また、上記置換基は任意の組み合わせにより、酸分解性基を形成することも好ましい。
 なお、酸分解性基とは、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を意図し、酸の作用により脱離する脱離基で極性基が保護された構造であるのが好ましい。上記の極性基及び脱離基としては、既述のとおりである。
The substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 may have are each independently an alkyl group (eg, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) or a cycloalkyl group (eg, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms). 3 to 15), aryl groups (eg, 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkylalkoxy groups (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkylsulfonyl groups (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms). 15), halogen atoms (eg, fluorine, iodine), hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, ester group-containing groups, sulfinyl group-containing groups, sulfonyl group-containing groups, alkylthio groups, phenylthio groups, and the like are preferred.
The above substituents may further have a substituent if possible. For example, the above alkyl group may have a halogen atom as a substituent to form a halogenated alkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group. preferable.
Moreover, it is also preferable that the above substituents form an acid-decomposable group by any combination.
The acid-decomposable group is intended to be a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a leaving group that is eliminated by the action of an acid. The polar group and leaving group are as described above.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-3b)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-3b)は、下記式(ZaI-3b)で表されるカチオンである。
Next, the cation (ZaI-3b) will be explained.
The cation (ZaI-3b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-3b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 式(ZaI-3b)中、
 R1c~R5cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基、又は、アリールチオ基を表す。
 R6c及びR7cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(t-ブチル基等)、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は、アリール基を表す。
 R及びRは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、アリル基、又は、ビニル基を表す。
 また、R1c~R7c、並びに、R及びRの置換基は、各々独立に、置換基の任意の組み合わせにより、酸分解性基を形成することも好ましい。
In formula (ZaI-3b),
R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, or a hydroxyl group , represents a nitro group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group.
R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (such as a t-butyl group), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
It is also preferable that the substituents of R 1c to R 7c , R x and R y independently form an acid-decomposable group by any combination of substituents.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、及び、RとRは、各々互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、この環は、各々独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エステル結合、又は、アミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環としては、芳香族又は非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族又は非芳香族のヘテロ環、及び、これらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環が挙げられる。環としては、3~10員環が挙げられ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。
Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y are each bonded to each other to form a ring Each ring may independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
Examples of the ring include aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings, aromatic or non-aromatic hetero rings, and polycyclic condensed rings in which two or more of these rings are combined. The ring includes a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R6cとR7c、及び、RとRが結合して形成する基としては、ブチレン基及びペンチレン基等のアルキレン基が挙げられる。このアルキレン基中のメチレン基が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子で置換されていてもよい。
 R5cとR6c、及び、R5cとRが結合して形成する基としては、単結合又はアルキレン基が好ましい。アルキレン基としては、メチレン基及びエチレン基等が挙げられる。
Examples of groups formed by bonding two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include alkylene groups such as a butylene group and a pentylene group. A methylene group in this alkylene group may be substituted with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom.
The group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. The alkylene group includes a methylene group, an ethylene group, and the like.
 R1c~R5c、R6c、R7c、R、R、並びに、R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、及び、RとRが各々互いに結合して形成する環は、置換基を有していてもよい。 R 1c to R 5c , R 6c , R 7c , R x , R y , and two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and the ring formed by combining R x and R y with each other may have a substituent.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-4b)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-4b)は、下記式(ZaI-4b)で表されるカチオンである。
Next, the cation (ZaI-4b) will be explained.
The cation (ZaI-4b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-4b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 式(ZaI-4b)中、
 lは0~2の整数を表す。
 rは0~8の整数を表す。
 R13は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、水酸基、アルキル基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、アルコキシ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又は、シクロアルキル基を有する基(シクロアルキル基そのものであってもよく、シクロアルキル基を一部に含む基であってもよい)を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
 R14は、水酸基、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、アルキル基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、又は、シクロアルキル基を有する基(シクロアルキル基そのものであってもよく、シクロアルキル基を一部に含む基であってもよい)を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。R14は、複数存在する場合は各々独立して、水酸基等の上記基を表す。
 R15は、各々独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又は、ナフチル基を表す。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、環骨格内に、酸素原子、又は、窒素原子等のヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。
一態様において、2つのR15がアルキレン基であり、互いに結合して環構造を形成するのが好ましい。なお、上記アルキル基、上記シクロアルキル基、及び、上記ナフチル基、並びに、2つのR15が互いに結合して形成する環は置換基を有してもよい。
In formula (ZaI-4b),
l represents an integer of 0 to 2;
r represents an integer of 0 to 8;
R 13 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine atom, iodine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group (cyclo It may be an alkyl group itself, or a group partially containing a cycloalkyl group). These groups may have a substituent.
R 14 is a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine atom, iodine atom, etc.), an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cyclo It represents a group having an alkyl group (either a cycloalkyl group itself or a group partially containing a cycloalkyl group). These groups may have a substituent. R 14 each independently represent the above groups such as a hydroxyl group when there are more than one.
Each R15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group. Two R 15 may be joined together to form a ring. When two R 15 are combined to form a ring, the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
In one aspect, two R 15 are alkylene groups, preferably joined together to form a ring structure. The ring formed by combining the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the naphthyl group, and the two R 15 groups may have a substituent.
 式(ZaI-4b)において、R13、R14、及び、R15のアルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状である。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましい。アルキル基は、メチル基、エチル基、n-ブチル基、又は、t-ブチル基等がより好ましい。
 また、R13~R15、並びに、R及びRの各置換基は、各々独立に、置換基の任意の組み合わせにより、酸分解性基を形成するのも好ましい。
In formula (ZaI-4b), the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-10. More preferably, the alkyl group is a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group, or the like.
It is also preferred that the substituents of R 13 to R 15 , R x and R y each independently form an acid-decomposable group by any combination of substituents.
 次に、式(ZaII)について説明する。
 式(ZaII)中、R204及びR205は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基、又は、シクロアルキル基を表す。
 R204及びR205のアリール基は、フェニル基、又は、ナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204及びR205のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は、硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及び、ベンゾチオフェン等が挙げられる。
 R204及びR205のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、又は、ペンチル基)、又は、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、又は、ノルボルニル基)が好ましい。
Next, formula (ZaII) will be described.
In formula (ZaII), R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group for R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group for R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic ring having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Skeletons of heterocyclic aryl groups include, for example, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 are linear alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or branched alkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl or a pentyl group) or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group).
 R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、及び、シクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい。R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、及び、シクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、及び、フェニルチオ基等が挙げられる。また、R204及びR205の置換基は、各々独立に、置換基の任意の組み合わせにより、酸分解性基を形成することも好ましい。 The aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include an alkyl group (eg, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (eg, having 3 carbon atoms). 15), aryl groups (eg, 6 to 15 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, and phenylthio groups. It is also preferred that the substituents of R 204 and R 205 each independently form an acid-decomposable group by any combination of substituents.
・有機アニオン
 有機アニオンとしては、例えば、フェノール性ヒドロキシルアニオン、スルホン酸アニオン(脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、及び、カンファースルホン酸アニオン等)、カルボン酸アニオン(脂肪族カルボン酸アニオン、芳香族カルボン酸アニオン、アラルキルカルボン酸アニオン、ギ酸アニオン、及び、炭酸水素アニオン等)、カルボニルスルホニルイミド酸アニオン、ビス(スルホニル)イミドアニオン(ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン等)、ビス(カルボニル)イミドアニオン、及び、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンが挙げられる。
Organic anions Examples of organic anions include phenolic hydroxyl anions, sulfonate anions (aliphatic sulfonate anions, aromatic sulfonate anions, camphorsulfonate anions, etc.), carboxylate anions (aliphatic carboxylate anions, aromatic carboxylate anion, aralkyl carboxylate anion, formate anion, hydrogen carbonate anion, etc.), carbonylsulfonylimidate anion, bis(sulfonyl)imide anion (bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion, etc.), bis(carbonyl)imide anions and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anions.
 脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン及び脂肪族カルボン酸アニオンにおける脂肪族部位は、アルキル基であってもシクロアルキル基であってもよく、炭素数1~30の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基、又は、炭素数3~30のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 上記アルキル基は、例えば、フルオロアルキル基(フッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよいし有していなくてもよい。パーフルオロアルキル基でもよい)でもよい。
 上記シクロアルキル基は、単環でも多環でもよく、環構造を構成する-CH-の1つ以上(好ましくは1~2つ)はヘテロ原子(-O-又は-S-等)、-SO-、-SO-、エステル基、又は、カルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよい。
The aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and the aliphatic carboxylate anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or , is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms.
The alkyl group may be, for example, a fluoroalkyl group (which may or may not have a substituent other than a fluorine atom, and may be a perfluoroalkyl group).
The above cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and one or more (preferably 1 to 2) —CH 2 — constituting the ring structure is a hetero atom (—O— or —S—, etc.), — It may be substituted with SO 2 —, —SO 3 —, an ester group, or a carbonyl group.
 芳香族スルホン酸アニオン及び芳香族カルボン酸アニオンにおけるアリール基としては、炭素数6~14のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、及び、ナフチル基が挙げられる。 The aryl group in the aromatic sulfonate anion and the aromatic carboxylate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
 上記で挙げたアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、及び、アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に制限されないが、具体的には、ニトロ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子等のハロゲン原子、カルボキシ基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~14)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~12)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルイミノスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、及び、アリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~20)等が挙げられる。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group listed above may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, but specifically includes a nitro group, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), Acyl group (preferably with 2 to 12 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably with 2 to 7 carbon atoms), alkylthio group (preferably with 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonyl group (preferably with 1 to 15 carbon atoms) , an alkyliminosulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), and an aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms).
 アラルキルカルボン酸アニオンにおけるアラルキル基としては、炭素数7~14のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ナフチルエチル基、及び、ナフチルブチル基が挙げられる。 The aralkyl group in the aralkylcarboxylate anion is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a naphthylethyl group, and a naphthylbutyl group.
 スルホニルイミドアニオンとしては、例えば、サッカリンアニオンが挙げられる。  Sulfonylimide anions include, for example, saccharin anions.
 ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、及び、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンにおけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。これらのアルキル基の置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、ハロゲン原子で置換されたアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルオキシスルホニル基、アリールオキシスルホニル基、及び、シクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基が挙げられ、フッ素原子又はフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。
 また、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオンにおけるアルキル基は、互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。
As the alkyl group in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion and the tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of substituents of these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, halogen-substituted alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkyloxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, and cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl groups. A fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred.
In addition, the alkyl groups in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion may combine with each other to form a ring structure.
 有機アニオンとしては、スルホン酸の少なくともα位がフッ素原子で置換された脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン(α位に1又は2のフッ素原子が置換した脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン等)、スルホン酸のα位がフッ素原子で置換されていない脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン(α位にフッ素原子が置換しておらず、β位に0~3個のフッ素原子又はパーフルオロアルキル基が置換した脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン等)、フッ素原子若しくはフッ素原子を有する基で置換された芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、アルキル基がフッ素原子で置換されたビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、又は、アルキル基がフッ素原子で置換されたトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンも好ましい。 Examples of organic anions include aliphatic sulfonate anions in which at least the α-position of a sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom (aliphatic sulfonate anions in which one or two fluorine atoms are substituted in the α-position, etc.), Aliphatic sulfonate anions not substituted with fluorine atoms (aliphatic sulfonate anions not substituted with fluorine atoms at the α-position and substituted with 0 to 3 fluorine atoms or perfluoroalkyl groups at the β-position, etc.) , an aromatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, a bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion having an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a tris(alkyl Sulfonyl)methide anions are also preferred.
 また、有機アニオンとしては、下記式(AN)で表されるアニオンも好ましい。 In addition, as the organic anion, an anion represented by the following formula (AN) is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 式(AN)中、oは、0~5の整数を表す。pは、0~10の整数を表す。qは、0~10の整数を表す。 In formula (AN), o represents an integer of 0 to 5. p represents an integer from 0 to 10; q represents an integer from 0 to 10;
 式(AN)中、AXは、-SO 又は-COOを表す。 In formula (AN), AX represents -SO 3 - or -COO - .
 式(AN)中、Xfは、フッ素原子、又は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~4がより好ましい。また、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基としては、パーフルオロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Xfは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましく、フッ素原子又はCFであることがより好ましい。特に、双方のXfがフッ素原子であることが更に好ましい。
In formula (AN), Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The number of carbon atoms in this alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-4. A perfluoroalkyl group is preferable as the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a C 1-4 perfluoroalkyl group, more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is more preferable that both Xf are fluorine atoms.
 式(AN)中、R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、アルキル基、又は、少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。R及びRが複数存在する場合、R及びRは、各々同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 R及びRで表されるアルキル基は、フッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよく、炭素数1~4が好ましい。
 少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基の具体例及び好適な態様はXfの具体例及び好適な態様と同じである。
 R及びRは、水素原子が好ましい。
 また、同一の炭素原子に結合するR及びRの一方が、水素原子で、他の一方が、フッ素原子又は少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基であることも好ましい。なかでも、AXに一番目及び/又は二番目に近い位置の-C(R)(R)-が、同一の炭素原子に結合するR及びRの一方が、水素原子で、他の一方が、フッ素原子又は少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基であることも好ましい。また、AXに一番目及び/又は二番目に近い位置の-C(R)(R)-において、R及びRが、各々独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基(フッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい)であることも好ましい。
In formula (AN), R4 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When multiple R 4 and R 5 are present, each of R 4 and R 5 may be the same or different.
The alkyl groups represented by R 4 and R 5 may have substituents other than fluorine atoms, and preferably have 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
Specific examples and preferred aspects of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom are the same as those of Xf.
R 4 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
It is also preferred that one of R 4 and R 5 bonded to the same carbon atom is a hydrogen atom and the other is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. Among them, the —C(R 4 )(R 5 )— at the first and/or second closest position to AX are bonded to the same carbon atom, and one of R 4 and R 5 is a hydrogen atom, is also preferably a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. Moreover, in —C(R 4 )(R 5 )— at the first and/or second closest position to AX, R 4 and R 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (a substitution other than a fluorine atom). may have a group) is also preferred.
 式(AN)中、Lは、2価の連結基を表す。Lが複数存在する場合、Lは、各々同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 2価の連結基としては、例えば、-O-CO-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~6)、及び、これらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基等が挙げられる。なかでも、-O-CO-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-O-CO-O-アルキレン基-、-アルキレン基-O-CO-O-、-COO-アルキレン基-、-OCO-アルキレン基-、-CONH-アルキレン基-、又は、-NHCO-アルキレン基-が好ましく、-O-CO-O-、-O-CO-O-アルキレン基-、-アルキレン基-O-CO-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-SO-、-COO-アルキレン基-、又は、-OCO-アルキレン基-がより好ましい。
In formula (AN), L represents a divalent linking group. When there are multiple L's, each L may be the same or different.
Examples of divalent linking groups include -O-CO-O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and combinations of these A divalent linking group and the like are included. Among them, -O-CO-O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CO-, -O-, -SO 2 -, -O-CO-O-alkylene group- , -alkylene group -O-CO-O-, -COO-alkylene group -, -OCO-alkylene group -, -CONH-alkylene group -, or -NHCO-alkylene group - is preferred, -O-CO-O -, -O-CO-O-alkylene group-, -alkylene group -O-CO-O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -SO 2 -, -COO-alkylene group-, or, -OCO-alkylene group- is more preferred.
 式(AN)中、Wは、環状構造を含む有機基を表す。なかでも、環状の有機基であることが好ましい。
 環状の有機基としては、例えば、脂環基、アリール基、及び、複素環基が挙げられる。
 脂環基は、単環であってもよく、多環であってもよい。単環の脂環基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及び、シクロオクチル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環の脂環基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。なかでも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の炭素数7以上の嵩高い構造を有する脂環基が好ましい。
In formula (AN), W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure. Among them, a cyclic organic group is preferable.
Cyclic organic groups include, for example, alicyclic groups, aryl groups, and heterocyclic groups.
The alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Monocyclic alicyclic groups include, for example, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. The polycyclic alicyclic group includes, for example, a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as an adamantyl group. Among them, alicyclic groups having a bulky structure with 7 or more carbon atoms, such as norbornyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecanyl, and adamantyl groups, are preferred.
 アリール基は、単環であってもよく、多環であってもよい。このアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントリル基、及び、アントリル基が挙げられる。
 複素環基は、単環であってもよく、多環であってもよい。また、複素環基は、芳香族性を有していてもよいし、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。芳香族性を有している複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、及び、ピリジン環が挙げられる。芳香族性を有していない複素環としては、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン環、ラクトン環、スルトン環、及び、デカヒドロイソキノリン環が挙げられる。複素環基における複素環としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、又は、デカヒドロイソキノリン環が特に好ましい。
Aryl groups may be monocyclic or polycyclic. This aryl group includes, for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, and an anthryl group.
A heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may or may not have aromaticity. Heterocyclic rings having aromaticity include, for example, furan ring, thiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, and pyridine ring. Non-aromatic heterocycles include, for example, a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, and a decahydroisoquinoline ring. As the heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group, a furan ring, thiophene ring, pyridine ring, or decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferred.
 上記環状の有機基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよく、炭素数1~12が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(単環、多環、及び、スピロ環のいずれであってもよく、炭素数3~20が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、水酸基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、及び、スルホン酸エステル基が挙げられる。なお、環状の有機基を構成する炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)はカルボニル炭素であってもよい。 The cyclic organic group may have a substituent. Examples of this substituent include alkyl groups (either linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (monocyclic, polycyclic, and spirocyclic). any group, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, ester group, amide group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide and sulfonate ester groups. In addition, carbonyl carbon may be sufficient as carbon (carbon which contributes to ring formation) which comprises a cyclic|annular organic group.
 式(AN)で表されるアニオンとしては、AX-CF-CH-OCO-(L)q’-W、AX-CF-CHF-CH-OCO-(L)q’-W、AX-CF-COO-(L)q’-W、AX-CF-CF-CH-CH-(L)q-W、又は、AX-CF-CH(CF)-OCO-(L)q’-Wが好ましい。ここで、AX、L、q及びWは、式(AN)と同様である。q’は、0~10の整数を表す。 Examples of anions represented by the formula (AN) include AX-CF 2 -CH 2 -OCO-(L)q'-W, AX-CF 2 -CHF-CH 2 -OCO-(L)q'-W, AX-CF2 - COO-(L)q'-W, AX-CF2 - CF2 - CH2 - CH2-(L)qW, or AX-CF2 - CH( CF3 )-OCO -(L)q'-W is preferred. Here, AX, L, q and W are the same as in Formula (AN). q' represents an integer from 0 to 10;
(分子内塩である光酸発生剤)
 分子内塩である光酸発生剤は、スルホン酸アニオン又はカルボン酸アニオン(好ましくは芳香族スルホン酸又は芳香族カルボン酸アニオン)を有していることが好ましく、更に、スルホニウムカチオン又はヨウ素カチオンを有していることも好ましい。
 分子内塩である光酸発生剤としては、例えば、化合物(ZbI)及び化合物(ZbII)が挙げられる。
 上記化合物(ZbI)は、上述の一般式(ZaI)において、R201~R203のうちの1つが、-SO 又は-COOを含む基を置換基として有するアリール基であることを、新たに規定した一般式によって表される化合物である。
 上記化合物(ZbII)は、上述の一般式(ZaII)において、R204及びR205のうちの1つが、-SO 又は-COOを含む基を置換基として有するアリール基であることを、新たに規定した一般式によって表される化合物である。
 上記化合物(ZbI)及び上記化合物(ZbII)における、-SO 又は-COOを含む基とは、例えば、有機アニオンの説明中に示した式(AN)で表される有機アニオンからWを除いてなる基(「AX-〔C(Xf)(Xf)〕-〔C(R)(R)〕-(L)-」で表される基)が挙げられる。
(Photoacid generator that is an inner salt)
The photoacid generator, which is an inner salt, preferably has a sulfonate anion or a carboxylate anion (preferably an aromatic sulfonate or an aromatic carboxylate anion), and further has a sulfonium cation or an iodine cation. It is also preferable to have
Examples of photoacid generators that are inner salts include compound (ZbI) and compound (ZbII).
The above compound (ZbI) is characterized in that one of R 201 to R 203 in the above general formula (ZaI) is an aryl group having a group containing —SO 3 or —COO— as a substituent. It is a compound represented by a newly defined general formula.
The above compound (ZbII) is characterized in that, in the above general formula (ZaII), one of R 204 and R 205 is an aryl group having a group containing -SO 3 - or -COO- as a substituent. It is a compound represented by a newly defined general formula.
The group containing —SO 3 or —COO in the compound (ZbI) and the compound (ZbII) is, for example, an organic anion represented by the formula (AN) shown in the explanation of the organic anion. A group to be excluded (a group represented by "AX-[C(Xf)(Xf)] o- [C( R4 ) ( R5)] p- (L) q- ") can be mentioned.
 分子内塩である光酸発生剤を例示する。
 以下の光酸発生剤における、酸基の水素原子がカチオンで置換された部位(アニオン性官能基)の付近に示された数値は、水素原子がカチオンで置換されていないと仮定してなる酸基のpKaを示す。
 言い換えると、以下に示されるpKaは、分子内塩のアニオン性官能基が水素原子と結合したものとして仮定してなる化合物(酸)における酸基(アニオン性官能基が水素原子と結合してなる基)のpKaである。
A photoacid generator that is an inner salt is exemplified.
In the following photoacid generators, the numerical value shown near the site where the hydrogen atom of the acid group is substituted with a cation (anionic functional group) is the acid formed assuming that the hydrogen atom is not substituted with a cation. The pKa of the groups are shown.
In other words, the pKa shown below is the acid group (anionic functional group group).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 光酸発生剤としては、特開2014-41328号公報の段落[0368]~[0377]、及び、特開2013-228681号公報の段落[0240]~[0262](対応する米国特許出願公開第2015/004533号明細書の[0339])が援用でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 As the photoacid generator, paragraphs [0368] to [0377] of JP-A-2014-41328 and paragraphs [0240]-[0262] of JP-A-2013-228681 (corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. [0339] of 2015/004533) can be cited, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 また、光酸発生剤としては、下記化合物も使用できる。 In addition, the following compounds can also be used as photoacid generators.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 光酸発生剤は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物中、光酸発生剤の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、0.5~40質量%が好ましく、0.5~30質量%がより好ましく、1~30質量%が更に好ましい。
The photoacid generator may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The content of the photoacid generator in the resist composition of the first embodiment is preferably 0.5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resist composition. , 1 to 30 mass % is more preferable.
〔疎水性樹脂〕
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物は、特定酸分解性樹脂Aとは別に、特定酸分解性樹脂Aとは異なる疎水性樹脂を含んでいてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂はレジスト膜の表面に偏在するように設計されるのが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性物質及び非極性物質の均一な混合に寄与しなくてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂の添加による効果として、水に対するレジスト膜表面の静的及び動的な接触角の制御、並びに、アウトガスの抑制等が挙げられる。
[Hydrophobic resin]
The resist composition of the first embodiment may contain a hydrophobic resin different from the specific acid-decomposable resin A in addition to the specific acid-decomposable resin A.
The hydrophobic resin is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film. may not contribute to
Effects of the addition of the hydrophobic resin include control of the static and dynamic contact angles of the resist film surface with respect to water, suppression of outgassing, and the like.
 疎水性樹脂は、膜表層への偏在化の点から、“フッ素原子”、“珪素原子”、及び“樹脂の側鎖部分に含まれたCH部分構造”のいずれか1種以上を有するのが好ましく、2種以上を有するのがより好ましい。また、上記疎水性樹脂は、炭素数5以上の炭化水素基を有するのが好ましい。これらの基は樹脂の主鎖中に有していても、側鎖に置換していてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂としては、国際公開第2020/004306号公報の段落[0275]~[0279]に記載される化合物が挙げられる。
The hydrophobic resin has one or more of "fluorine atoms", "silicon atoms", and " CH3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin" from the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the film surface layer. is preferred, and having two or more is more preferred. Moreover, the hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups may be present in the main chain of the resin or may be substituted on the side chain.
Hydrophobic resins include compounds described in paragraphs [0275] to [0279] of WO2020/004306.
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物が疎水性樹脂を含む場合、疎水性樹脂の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~20質量%が好ましく、0.1~15質量%がより好ましく、0.1~10質量%が更に好ましく、0.1~5.0質量%が特に好ましい。 When the resist composition of the first embodiment contains a hydrophobic resin, the content of the hydrophobic resin is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resist composition. % by mass is more preferred, 0.1 to 10% by mass is even more preferred, and 0.1 to 5.0% by mass is particularly preferred.
〔界面活性剤〕
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤を含むと、密着性により優れ、現像欠陥のより少ないパターンを形成できる。
 界面活性剤は、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤が好ましい。
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/19395号公報の段落[0218]及び[0219]に開示された界面活性剤を使用できる。
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、その含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001~2質量%が好ましく、0.0005~1質量%がより好ましい。
 界面活性剤は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。
[Surfactant]
The resist composition of the first embodiment may contain a surfactant. When a surfactant is contained, the adhesion is better and a pattern with fewer development defects can be formed.
The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant.
As fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants, for example, surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of WO2018/19395 can be used.
When the resist composition of the first embodiment contains a surfactant, its content is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. preferable.
One type of surfactant may be used alone, or two or more types may be used. When two or more are used, the total content is preferably within the range of the preferred content.
〔溶剤〕
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物は、溶剤を含んでいてもよい。
 溶剤は、(M1)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、並びに、(M2)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸エステル、酢酸エステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸エステル、鎖状ケトン、環状ケトン、ラクトン、及び、アルキレンカーボネートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つの少なくとも一方を含んでいるのが好ましい。なお、この溶剤は、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含んでいてもよい。
〔solvent〕
The resist composition of the first embodiment may contain a solvent.
Solvents include (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and (M2) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactate, acetate, alkoxypropionate, linear ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate. It is preferable to include at least one selected from the group consisting of: This solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).
 本発明者らは、このような溶剤と上述した樹脂とを組み合わせて用いると、組成物の塗布性が向上すると共に、現像欠陥数の少ないパターンが形成可能となることを見出している。その理由は必ずしも明らかではないが、これら溶剤は、上述した樹脂の溶解性、沸点及び粘度のバランスが良いため、組成物膜の膜厚のムラ及びスピンコート中の析出物の発生等を抑制できることに起因していると本発明者らは考えている。
 成分(M1)及び成分(M2)の詳細は、国際公開第2020/004306号公報の段落[0218]~[0226]に記載される。
The present inventors have found that the use of such a solvent in combination with the resin described above improves the coatability of the composition and enables the formation of a pattern with fewer development defects. Although the reason for this is not necessarily clear, these solvents have a good balance of the solubility, boiling point, and viscosity of the resins described above, so that unevenness in the film thickness of the composition film and generation of precipitates during spin coating can be suppressed. The inventors believe that this is due to
Details of component (M1) and component (M2) are described in paragraphs [0218] to [0226] of WO2020/004306.
 溶剤が成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含む場合、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分の含有量は、溶剤の全量に対して、5~30質量%が好ましい。 When the solvent further contains components other than components (M1) and (M2), the content of components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass relative to the total amount of the solvent.
 溶剤は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物中の溶剤の含有量は、固形分濃度が30質量%以下となるように定めるのが好ましく、10質量%以下となるように定めるのがより好ましく、2質量以下となるように定めるのが更に好ましい。その下限値としては、0.05質量%以上となるように定めるのが好ましく、0.1質量%以上となるように定めるのがより好ましく、0.5質量%以上となるように定めるのが更に好ましい。
 こうすると、レジスト組成物の塗布性を更に向上させられる。
 言い換えると、第1実施形態のレジスト組成物中の溶剤の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全質量に対して、70~99.95質量%が好ましく、90~99.9質量%がより好ましい。98~99.5質量%がより好ましい。
A solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types.
The content of the solvent in the resist composition of the first embodiment is preferably determined so that the solid content concentration is 30% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, and 2% by mass or less. It is more preferable to define as follows. The lower limit is preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.5% by mass or more. More preferred.
By doing so, the coatability of the resist composition can be further improved.
In other words, the solvent content in the resist composition of the first embodiment is preferably 70 to 99.95% by mass, more preferably 90 to 99.9% by mass, relative to the total mass of the resist composition. 98 to 99.5% by mass is more preferable.
〔その他の添加剤〕
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物は、酸拡散制御剤、溶解阻止化合物、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、及び/又は、現像液に対する溶解性を促進させる化合物(カルボン酸基を含んだ脂環族若しくは脂肪族化合物)を更に含んでいてもよい。
[Other additives]
The resist composition of the first embodiment includes an acid diffusion control agent, a dissolution inhibiting compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, and/or a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (carboxylic acid group alicyclic or aliphatic compounds containing) may further be included.
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物は、溶解阻止化合物を更に含んでいてもよい。ここで「溶解阻止化合物」とは、酸の作用により分解して有機系現像液中での溶解度が減少する、分子量3000以下の化合物である。 The resist composition of the first embodiment may further contain a dissolution inhibiting compound. The term "dissolution inhibiting compound" as used herein means a compound having a molecular weight of 3000 or less, which is decomposed by the action of an acid to reduce its solubility in an organic developer.
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物は、EUV露光用感光性組成物又は電子線露光用感光性組成物としても好適に用いられる。 The resist composition of the first embodiment is also suitably used as a photosensitive composition for EUV exposure or a photosensitive composition for electron beam exposure.
 EUV光及び電子線は、確率的にフォトンの数がばらつく“フォトンショットノイズ”の影響が大きく、LERの悪化及びブリッジ欠陥を招きやすい。フォトンショットノイズを減らすには、露光量を大きくして入射フォトン数を増やす方法があるが、高感度化の要求とトレードオフとなりがちである。
 下記式(1)で求められるA値が高い場合は、レジスト組成物より形成されるレジスト膜のEUV及び電子線の吸収効率が高くなり、フォトンショットノイズの低減に有効である。A値は、レジスト膜の質量割合のEUV及び電子線の吸収効率を表す。
式(1):A=([H]×0.04+[C]×1.0+[N]×2.1+[O]×3.6+[F]×5.6+[S]×1.5+[I]×39.5)/([H]×1+[C]×12+[N]×14+[O]×16+[F]×19+[S]×32+[I]×127)
 A値は0.120以上が好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、A値が大きすぎる場合、レジスト膜のEUV及び電子線透過率が低下し、レジスト膜中の光学像プロファイルが劣化し、結果として良好なパターン形状が得られにくくなるため、0.240以下が好ましく、0.220以下がより好ましい。
EUV light and electron beams are greatly affected by "photon shot noise" in which the number of photons stochastically varies, and are likely to cause deterioration of LER and bridge defects. To reduce the photon shot noise, there is a method of increasing the number of incident photons by increasing the amount of exposure, but this tends to be a trade-off with the demand for higher sensitivity.
When the A value obtained by the following formula (1) is high, the EUV and electron beam absorption efficiency of the resist film formed from the resist composition is high, which is effective in reducing photon shot noise. The A value represents the EUV and electron beam absorption efficiency of the mass ratio of the resist film.
Formula (1): A = ([H] x 0.04 + [C] x 1.0 + [N] x 2.1 + [O] x 3.6 + [F] x 5.6 + [S] x 1.5 + [I] × 39.5) / ([H] × 1 + [C] × 12 + [N] × 14 + [O] × 16 + [F] × 19 + [S] × 32 + [I] × 127)
The A value is preferably 0.120 or more. Although the upper limit is not particularly limited, if the A value is too large, the EUV and electron beam transmittance of the resist film will decrease, the optical image profile in the resist film will deteriorate, and as a result, it will be difficult to obtain a good pattern shape. , is preferably 0.240 or less, more preferably 0.220 or less.
 なお、式(1)中、[H]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の水素原子のモル比率を表し、[C]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の炭素原子のモル比率を表し、[N]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の窒素原子のモル比率を表し、[O]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の酸素原子のモル比率を表し、[F]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来のフッ素原子のモル比率を表し、[S]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の硫黄原子のモル比率を表し、[I]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来のヨウ素原子のモル比率を表す。
 例えば、レジスト組成物が特定酸分解性樹脂A、光酸発生剤、及び溶剤を含む場合、上記特定酸分解性樹脂A及び上記光酸発生剤が固形分に該当する。つまり、全固形分の全原子とは、上記特定酸分解性樹脂A由来の全原子、及び、上記光酸発生剤由来の全原子の合計に該当する。例えば、[H]は、全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の水素原子のモル比率を表し、上記例に基づいて説明すると、[H]は、上記特定酸分解性樹脂A由来の全原子、及び、上記光酸発生剤由来の全原子の合計に対する、上記樹脂由来の水素原子、及び、上記光酸発生剤由来の水素原子の合計のモル比率を表すことになる。
In the formula (1), [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from the total solid content to the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and [C] represents the molar ratio of carbon atoms derived from the total solid content to the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [N] is the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin Represents the molar ratio of nitrogen atoms derived from the total solid content with respect to the total atoms of the total solid content in the composition, [O] is the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition , represents the molar ratio of oxygen atoms derived from the total solid content, and [F] represents the molar ratio of fluorine atoms derived from the total solid content to the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. represents, [S] represents the molar ratio of sulfur atoms derived from the total solid content to the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [I] is the actinic ray-sensitive represents the molar ratio of iodine atoms derived from the total solid content to the total atoms of the total solid content in the curable or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
For example, when the resist composition contains a specific acid-decomposable resin A, a photoacid generator, and a solvent, the specific acid-decomposable resin A and the photoacid generator correspond to the solid content. That is, the total atoms of the total solid content correspond to the sum of all atoms derived from the specific acid-decomposable resin A and all atoms derived from the photoacid generator. For example, [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from the total solid content to the total atoms of the total solid content. It represents the molar ratio of the sum of the hydrogen atoms derived from the resin and the hydrogen atoms derived from the photoacid generator to the sum of all atoms derived from the photoacid generator.
 A値の算出は、レジスト組成物中の全固形分の構成成分の構造、及び、含有量が既知の場合には、含有される原子数比を計算し、算出できる。また、構成成分が未知の場合であっても、レジスト組成物の溶剤成分を蒸発させて得られたレジスト膜に対して、元素分析等の解析的な手法によって構成原子数比を算出可能である。 The A value can be calculated by calculating the contained atomic ratio when the structure and content of the constituent components of the total solid content in the resist composition are known. Further, even if the constituent components are unknown, the constituent atomic number ratio can be calculated by analytical methods such as elemental analysis for the resist film obtained by evaporating the solvent component of the resist composition. .
〔レジスト膜、パターン形成方法〕
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物を用いたパターン形成方法の手順は特に制限されないが、以下の工程を有するのが好ましい。
工程1:第1実施形態のレジスト組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程
工程2:レジスト膜を露光する工程
工程3:露光されたレジスト膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程
 以下、上記各々の工程の手順について詳述する。
[Resist film, pattern forming method]
Although the procedure of the pattern forming method using the resist composition of the first embodiment is not particularly limited, it preferably includes the following steps.
Step 1: Step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the resist composition of the first embodiment Step 2: Step of exposing the resist film Step 3: Step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer The procedure of each of the above steps will be described in detail below.
<工程1:レジスト膜形成工程>
 工程1は、第1実施形態のレジスト組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程である。
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物の定義は、上述の通りである。
<Step 1: Resist film forming step>
Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the resist composition of the first embodiment.
The definition of the resist composition of the first embodiment is as described above.
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を形成する方法としては、例えば、第1実施形態のレジスト組成物を基板上に塗布する方法が挙げられる。
 なお、塗布前に第1実施形態のレジスト組成物を必要に応じてフィルター濾過するのが好ましい。フィルターのポアサイズは、0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下が更に好ましい。また、フィルターは、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又は、ナイロン製が好ましい。
A method of forming a resist film on a substrate using the resist composition of the first embodiment includes, for example, a method of applying the resist composition of the first embodiment onto the substrate.
In addition, it is preferable to filter the resist composition of the first embodiment before application, if necessary. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 µm or less, more preferably 0.05 µm or less, and even more preferably 0.03 µm or less. Moreover, the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物は、集積回路素子の製造に使用されるような基板(例:シリコン、二酸化シリコン被覆)上に、スピナー又はコーター等の適当な塗布方法により塗布できる。塗布方法は、スピナーを用いたスピン塗布が好ましい。スピナーを用いたスピン塗布をする際の回転数は、1000~3000rpmが好ましい。
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物の塗布後、基板を乾燥し、レジスト膜を形成してもよい。なお、必要により、レジスト膜の下層に、各種下地膜(無機膜、有機膜、反射防止膜)を形成してもよい。
The resist composition of the first embodiment can be applied onto a substrate (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coating) such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit devices by a suitable coating method such as spinner or coater. The coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner. The rotation speed for spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm.
After applying the resist composition of the first embodiment, the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. If necessary, various base films (inorganic film, organic film, antireflection film) may be formed under the resist film.
 乾燥方法としては、例えば、加熱して乾燥する方法が挙げられる。加熱は通常の露光機、及び、/又は、現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて実施してもよい。加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。加熱時間は30~1000秒が好ましく、60~800秒がより好ましく、60~600秒が更に好ましい。 As a drying method, for example, a method of heating and drying can be mentioned. Heating can be carried out by a means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or a developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like. The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C. The heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
 レジスト膜の膜厚は特に制限されないが、より高精度な微細パターンを形成できる点から、10~120nmが好ましい。なかでも、EUV露光又は電子線露光とする場合、レジスト膜の膜厚としては、10~65nmがより好ましく、15~50nmが更に好ましい。 Although the film thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, it is preferably 10 to 120 nm from the viewpoint of forming fine patterns with higher precision. In particular, when EUV exposure or electron beam exposure is used, the film thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm.
 なお、レジスト膜の上層にトップコート組成物を用いてトップコートを形成してもよい。
 トップコート組成物は、レジスト膜と混合せず、更にレジスト膜上層に均一に塗布できるのが好ましい。トップコートは、特に限定されず、従来公知のトップコートを、従来公知の方法によって形成でき、例えば、特開2014-059543号公報の段落[0072]~[0082]の記載に基づいてトップコートを形成できる。
 例えば、特開2013-61648号公報に記載されたような塩基性化合物を含むトップコートを、レジスト膜上に形成するのが好ましい。
 また、トップコートは、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、水酸基、チオール基、カルボニル結合、及び、エステル結合からなる群より選択される基又は結合を少なくとも一つ含む化合物を含むのも好ましい。
A topcoat composition may be used to form a topcoat on the upper layer of the resist film.
It is preferable that the topcoat composition does not mix with the resist film and can be uniformly coated on the upper layer of the resist film. The topcoat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known topcoat can be formed by a conventionally known method. can be formed.
For example, it is preferable to form a top coat containing a basic compound as described in JP-A-2013-61648 on the resist film.
Also, the topcoat preferably contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
<工程2:露光工程>
 工程2は、レジスト膜を露光する工程である。
 露光の方法としては、形成したレジスト膜に所定のマスクを通して活性光線又は放射線を照射する方法が挙げられる。
 活性光線又は放射線としては、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光、X線、及び、電子線が挙げられ、好ましくは250nm以下、より好ましくは220nm以下、特に好ましくは1~200nmの波長の遠紫外光、具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、EUV(13nm)、X線、及び、電子ビームが挙げられる。
 中でも、露光に用いられる活性光線又は放射線は、EUV又は電子線が好ましい。
<Step 2: Exposure step>
Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film.
Examples of the exposure method include a method of irradiating the formed resist film with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask.
Actinic rays or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, particularly preferably Far ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 1 to 200 nm, specifically, KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F2 excimer laser ( 157 nm), EUV (13 nm), X-rays, and electron beams mentioned.
Among them, the actinic ray or radiation used for exposure is preferably EUV or electron beam.
 露光後、現像を行う前にベーク(加熱)を行うのが好ましい。ベークにより露光部の反応が促進され、感度及びパターン形状がより良好となる。
 加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。
 加熱時間は10~1000秒が好ましく、10~180秒がより好ましく、30~120秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は通常の露光機及び/又は現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
 この工程は露光後ベーク(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)ともいう。
After exposure, baking (heating) is preferably performed before development. Baking accelerates the reaction of the exposed area, resulting in better sensitivity and pattern shape.
The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
The heating time is preferably 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, even more preferably 30 to 120 seconds.
Heating can be carried out by a means provided in a normal exposing machine and/or developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
This process is also called post-exposure bake (PEB).
<工程3:現像工程>
 工程3は、現像液を用いて、露光されたレジスト膜を現像し、パターンを形成する工程である。
 現像液は、アルカリ現像液であっても、有機溶剤を含有する現像液(以下、有機系現像液ともいう)であってもよい。
<Step 3: Development step>
Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer to form a pattern.
The developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer).
 現像方法としては、例えば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静置して現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、及び、一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)が挙げられる。
 また、現像を行う工程の後に、他の溶剤に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。
 現像時間は未露光部の樹脂が十分に溶解する時間であれば特に制限はなく、10~300秒が好ましく、20~120秒がより好ましい。
 現像液の温度は0~50℃が好ましく、15~35℃がより好ましい。
Examples of the developing method include a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), and a method of developing by standing the developer on the surface of the substrate for a certain period of time by raising the developer by surface tension (puddle method). method), a method of spraying the developer onto the substrate surface (spray method), and a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method). law).
Further, after the step of developing, a step of stopping development may be performed while replacing the solvent with another solvent.
The development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed area is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds.
The temperature of the developer is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.
 アルカリ現像液は、アルカリを含むアルカリ水溶液を用いるのが好ましい。アルカリ水溶液の種類は特に制限されないが、例えば、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドに代表される4級アンモニウム塩、無機アルカリ、1級アミン、2級アミン、3級アミン、アルコールアミン、又は、環状アミン等を含むアルカリ水溶液が挙げられる。なかでも、アルカリ現像液は、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)に代表される4級アンモニウム塩の水溶液であるのが好ましい。アルカリ現像液には、アルコール類、界面活性剤等を適当量添加してもよい。アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常、0.1~20質量%である。また、アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常、10.0~15.0である。アルカリ現像液の水の含有量は51~99.95質量%が好ましい。 It is preferable to use an alkaline aqueous solution containing alkali as the alkaline developer. Although the type of alkaline aqueous solution is not particularly limited, for example, quaternary ammonium salts represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide, inorganic alkalis, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, alcohol amines, or cyclic amines. and an alkaline aqueous solution containing Among others, the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Suitable amounts of alcohols, surfactants and the like may be added to the alkaline developer. The alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually 0.1 to 20 mass %. Further, the pH of the alkaline developer is usually 10.0 to 15.0. The content of water in the alkaline developer is preferably 51 to 99.95% by mass.
 有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び、炭化水素系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であるのが好ましい。 The organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. is preferred.
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤又は水と混合してもよい。現像液全体としての含水率は、50質量%未満が好ましく、20質量%未満がより好ましく、10質量%未満が更に好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないのが特に好ましい。
 有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、現像液の全量に対して、50~100質量%が好ましく、80~100質量%がより好ましく、90質量~100質量%以下が更に好ましく、95質量~100質量%以下が特に好ましい。
A plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above or water. The water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
The content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 80 to 100% by mass, more preferably 90 to 100% by mass or less, and 95% by mass, relative to the total amount of the developer. Especially preferred is up to 100% by mass.
<他の工程>
 上記パターン形成方法は、工程3の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を含むのが好ましい。
<Other processes>
The pattern forming method preferably includes a step of washing with a rinse after step 3.
 アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、例えば、純水が挙げられる。なお、純水には、界面活性剤を適当量添加してもよい。
 リンス液には、界面活性剤を適当量添加してもよい。
Pure water is an example of the rinse solution used in the rinse step after the step of developing with an alkaline developer. An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to pure water.
An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to the rinse solution.
 有機系現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、パターンを溶解しないものであれば特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用できる。リンス液は、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及び、エーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いるのが好ましい。 The rinse solution used in the rinse step after the development step using the organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. The rinse solution used is a rinse solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, ester-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, and ether-based solvents. is preferred.
 リンス工程の方法は特に限定されず、例えば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、及び、基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)等が挙げられる。
 また、第1実施形態のレジスト組成物を使用したパターン形成方法は、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含んでいてもよい。本工程により、ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。また、本工程により、レジストパターンがなまされ、パターンの表面荒れが改善される効果もある。リンス工程の後の加熱工程は、通常40~250℃(好ましくは90~200℃)で、通常10秒間~3分間(好ましくは30秒間~120秒間)行う。
The method of the rinsing step is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuously discharging the rinsing liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotation coating method), or a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time. method (dip method), and method of spraying a rinse liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method).
Moreover, the pattern forming method using the resist composition of the first embodiment may include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. In this step, the developing solution and the rinse solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns due to baking are removed. In addition, this process smoothes the resist pattern, and has the effect of improving the roughness of the surface of the pattern. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually carried out at 40 to 250° C. (preferably 90 to 200° C.) for 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
 また、形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板のエッチング処理を実施してもよい。つまり、工程3にて形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(又は下層膜及び基板)を加工して、基板にパターンを形成してもよい。
 基板(又は下層膜及び基板)の加工方法は特に限定されないが、工程3で形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(又は下層膜及び基板)に対してドライエッチングを行うことにより、基板にパターンを形成する方法が好ましい。ドライエッチングは、酸素プラズマエッチングが好ましい。
Also, the substrate may be etched using the formed pattern as a mask. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the underlying film and the substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate.
The method of processing the substrate (or the underlying film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, but the substrate (or the underlying film and the substrate) is dry-etched using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask to form a pattern on the substrate. A method of forming is preferred. Dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
 第1実施形態のレジスト組成物、及び、第1実施形態のレジスト組成物を使用したパターン形成方法において使用される各種材料(例えば、溶剤、現像液、リンス液、反射防止膜形成用組成物、トップコート形成用組成物等)は、金属等の不純物を含まないのが好ましい。これら材料に含まれる不純物の含有量は、1質量ppm以下が好ましく、10質量ppb以下がより好ましく、100質量ppt以下が更に好ましく、10質量ppt以下が特に好ましく、1質量ppt以下が最も好ましい。ここで、金属不純物としては、例えば、Na、K、Ca、Fe、Cu、Mg、Al、Li、Cr、Ni、Sn、Ag、As、Au、Ba、Cd、Co、Pb、Ti、V、W、及び、Zn等が挙げられる。 Various materials used in the resist composition of the first embodiment and the pattern forming method using the resist composition of the first embodiment (e.g., solvent, developer, rinse, antireflection film-forming composition, The composition for forming a top coat, etc.) preferably does not contain impurities such as metals. The content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb or less, still more preferably 100 mass ppt or less, particularly preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and most preferably 1 mass ppt or less. Here, examples of metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, W, Zn, and the like.
 各種材料から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、フィルターを用いた濾過が挙げられる。フィルターを用いた濾過の詳細は、国際公開第2020/004306号公報の段落[0321]に記載される。  An example of a method for removing impurities such as metals from various materials is filtration using a filter. Details of filtration using a filter are described in paragraph [0321] of WO2020/004306.
 また、各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減する方法としては、例えば、各種材料を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する方法、各種材料を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う方法、及び、装置内をテフロン(登録商標)でライニングする等してコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う方法等が挙げられる。 In addition, as a method of reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials, for example, a method of selecting a raw material with a low metal content as a raw material constituting various materials, a method of filtering the raw materials constituting various materials with a filter. and a method of performing distillation under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible by, for example, lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark).
 フィルター濾過の他、吸着材による不純物の除去を行ってもよく、フィルター濾過と吸着材とを組み合わせて使用してもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を使用でき、例えば、シリカゲル及びゼオライト等の無機系吸着材、並びに、活性炭等の有機系吸着材を使用できる。上記各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減するためには、製造工程における金属不純物の混入を防止する必要がある。製造装置から金属不純物が十分に除去されたかどうかは、製造装置の洗浄に使用された洗浄液中に含まれる金属成分の含有量を測定して確認できる。使用後の洗浄液に含まれる金属成分の含有量は、100質量ppt(parts per trillion)以下が好ましく、10質量ppt以下がより好ましく、1質量ppt以下が更に好ましい。 In addition to filter filtration, impurities may be removed with an adsorbent, or filter filtration and adsorbent may be used in combination. As the adsorbent, known adsorbents can be used. For example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be used. In order to reduce impurities such as metals contained in the various materials described above, it is necessary to prevent metal impurities from entering during the manufacturing process. Whether the metal impurities are sufficiently removed from the manufacturing equipment can be confirmed by measuring the content of the metal component contained in the cleaning liquid used for cleaning the manufacturing equipment. The content of the metal component contained in the cleaning liquid after use is preferably 100 mass ppt (parts per trillion) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and even more preferably 1 mass ppt or less.
 リンス液等の有機系処理液には、静電気の帯電、引き続き生じる静電気放電に伴う、薬液配管及び各種パーツ(フィルター、O-リング、チューブ等)の故障を防止する為、導電性の化合物を添加してもよい。導電性の化合物は特に制限されないが、例えば、メタノールが挙げられる。添加量は特に制限されないが、好ましい現像特性又はリンス特性を維持する点で、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。
 薬液配管としては、例えば、SUS(ステンレス鋼)、又は、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、若しくは、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフロオロアルコキシ樹脂等)で被膜された各種配管を使用できる。フィルター及びO-リングに関しても同様に、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、又は、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフロオロアルコキシ樹脂等)を使用できる。
Conductive compounds are added to organic treatment liquids such as rinsing liquids in order to prevent damage to chemical piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to electrostatic charging and subsequent electrostatic discharge. You may The conductive compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methanol. The amount to be added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of maintaining preferable developing properties or rinsing properties.
Examples of chemical pipes include SUS (stainless steel), or antistatic polyethylene, polypropylene, or various pipes coated with fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.). can be used. Antistatic treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can also be used for filters and O-rings.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の第2実施形態]
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下「第2実施形態のレジスト組成物」ともいう。)は、後述する一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物(以下「特定モノマーB」ともいう。)に由来する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(以下「特定酸分解性樹脂B」」ともいう。)と、光酸発生剤とを含む。
[Second Embodiment of Actinic Ray-Sensitive or Radiation-Sensitive Resin Composition]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as the “resist composition of the second embodiment”) is a polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) described later (hereinafter “specific Also referred to as "monomer B"), a resin having a repeating unit derived from (hereinafter also referred to as "specific acid-decomposable resin B"), and a photoacid generator.
 第2実施形態のレジスト組成物の作用機序は明らかではないが、本発明の発明者らは以下のように推測している。
 第2実施形態のレジスト組成物が含む特定酸分解性樹脂Bは、特定モノマーBに由来する繰り返し単位を有する。特定モノマーBは、所定の多環構造を有することにより高いガラス転移温度を有し、したがって、特定酸分解性樹脂Bを含む第2実施形態のレジスト組成物によれば、膜強度の高いパターンを形成できる。この結果として、第2実施形態のレジスト組成物は、高い解像性を有する(換言すると、限界解像性(nm)が小さい)と考えている。また、特定モノマーBは、所定の位置に酸分解性基を有することから、特定酸分解性樹脂Bを含む第2実施形態のレジスト組成物により形成されるパターンは、優れた溶解コントラストを発現し得る。この結果として、第2実施形態のレジスト組成物により形成されるパターンは、LWR性能に優れると考えている。すなわち、特定モノマーBの構造に起因して、第2実施形態のレジスト組成物は高解像性に優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンはLWR性能に優れると推測される。
 以下、レジスト組成物の解像性がより高いこと、及び/又は、レジスト組成物により形成されるパターンのLWR性能がより優れることを、「本発明の効果がより優れる」ということもある。
Although the action mechanism of the resist composition of the second embodiment is not clear, the inventors of the present invention presume as follows.
The specific acid-decomposable resin B contained in the resist composition of the second embodiment has repeating units derived from the specific monomer B. The specific monomer B has a high glass transition temperature due to having a predetermined polycyclic structure. Therefore, according to the resist composition of the second embodiment containing the specific acid-decomposable resin B, a pattern with high film strength can be formed. As a result, it is believed that the resist composition of the second embodiment has high resolution (in other words, the critical resolution (nm) is small). Further, since the specific monomer B has an acid-decomposable group at a predetermined position, the pattern formed by the resist composition of the second embodiment containing the specific acid-decomposable resin B exhibits excellent dissolution contrast. obtain. As a result, it is believed that the pattern formed by the resist composition of the second embodiment has excellent LWR performance. That is, it is presumed that due to the structure of the specific monomer B, the resist composition of the second embodiment has excellent high resolution and the formed pattern has excellent LWR performance.
Hereinafter, higher resolution of the resist composition and/or better LWR performance of the pattern formed by the resist composition may be referred to as "more excellent effect of the present invention".
 以下、第2実施形態のレジスト組成物について詳細に説明する。
 第2実施形態のレジスト組成物は、ポジ型のレジスト組成物であっても、ネガ型のレジスト組成物であってもよい。また、アルカリ現像用のレジスト組成物であっても、有機溶剤現像用のレジスト組成物であってもよい。
 第2実施形態のレジスト組成物は、典型的には、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物である。
 なお、第2実施形態のレジスト組成物は、特定酸分解性樹脂Aに替えて特定酸分解性樹脂Bを使用すること以外の点では第1実施形態のレジスト組成物と同様の構成であり、その好適態様も同じである。
 また、第2実施形態のレジスト組成物を使用したレジスト膜及びパターン形成方法は、第1実施形態のレジスト組成物に替えて第2実施形態のレジスト組成物を使用すること以外の点では第1実施形態のレジスト組成物を使用したレジスト膜及びパターン形成方法と同様の構成であり、その好適態様も同じである。
The resist composition of the second embodiment will be described in detail below.
The resist composition of the second embodiment may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition. Moreover, it may be a resist composition for alkali development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
The resist composition of the second embodiment is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
The resist composition of the second embodiment has the same structure as the resist composition of the first embodiment except that the specific acid-decomposable resin B is used instead of the specific acid-decomposable resin A. The preferred embodiments are also the same.
In addition, the resist film and pattern forming method using the resist composition of the second embodiment are the same as those of the first embodiment except that the resist composition of the second embodiment is used in place of the resist composition of the first embodiment. It has the same configuration as the resist film and pattern forming method using the resist composition of the embodiment, and the preferred aspects thereof are also the same.
〔特定酸分解性樹脂B〕
 第2実施形態のレジスト組成物は、下記一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物(特定モノマーB)に由来する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(特定酸分解性樹脂B)を含む。
 特定酸分解性樹脂Bは、酸の作用により分解して極性が増大する樹脂である。
 つまり、第2実施形態のレジスト組成物を使用したパターン形成方法において、典型的には、現像液としてアルカリ現像液を採用した場合には、ポジ型パターンが好適に形成され、現像液として有機系現像液を採用した場合には、ネガ型パターンが好適に形成される。
 以下において、特定モノマーBについて説明する。なお、特定酸分解性樹脂Bは、特定モノマーAに由来する繰り返し単位に替えて特定モノマーBに由来する繰り返し単位を含むこと以外の点では特定酸分解性樹脂Aと同様の構成であり、その好適態様も同じである。したがって、以下の説明においては、特定モノマーBのみを説明する。
[Specific acid-decomposable resin B]
The resist composition of the second embodiment contains a resin (specific acid-decomposable resin B) having repeating units derived from a polymerizable compound (specific monomer B) represented by the following general formula (1).
The specific acid-decomposable resin B is a resin that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase its polarity.
That is, in the pattern forming method using the resist composition of the second embodiment, typically, when an alkaline developer is employed as the developer, a positive pattern is preferably formed, and the organic developer is used as the developer. When a developer is used, a negative pattern is preferably formed.
The specific monomer B will be described below. The specific acid-decomposable resin B has the same structure as the specific acid-decomposable resin A except that it contains repeating units derived from the specific monomer B instead of the repeating units derived from the specific monomer A. A preferred embodiment is also the same. Therefore, only the specific monomer B will be described in the following description.
 以下、特定モノマーBについて説明する。
 特定モノマーBは、下記一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物である。
The specific monomer B will be described below.
The specific monomer B is a polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 式中、Lは、-CR=CR-又は-CR-CR-を表す。
 Xは、-O-、-CR10-、又は、=CR11-を表す。
 Xは、-O-、-CO-、-CR1213-、又は、=CR14-を表す。
 XとXとの実線-点線で示される結合は、単結合又は二重結合を表す。但し、XとXとの結合が二重結合を表す場合、Xは=CR11-を表し、Xは=CR14-を表す。また、XとXとの結合が単結合を表す場合、Xは、-O-又は-CR10-を表し、Xは、-O-、-CO-、又は、-CR1213-を表す。
 R~R14は、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。なお、RとRとは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、R及びRのいずれか一方とR及びRのいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、Xが=CR11-を表し、Xが=CR14-を表す場合、R11とR14とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、Xが-CR10-を表し、Xが-CR1213-を表す場合、R及びR10のいずれか一方とR12及びR13のいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 RX1~RX4は、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。但し、RX1~RX4の少なくとも1つは、酸分解性基を表す。なお、RX1及びRX2のいずれか一方とRX3及びRX4のいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 但し、上記一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物は、分子中に、下記一般式(2)で表される1価の置換基を含む。
In the formula, L 1 represents -CR 3 =CR 4 - or -CR 5 R 6 -CR 7 R 8 -.
X 1 represents -O-, -CR 9 R 10 -, or =CR 11 -.
X 2 represents -O-, -CO-, -CR 12 R 13 -, or =CR 14 -.
The solid-dotted bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a single bond or a double bond. However, when the bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a double bond, X 1 represents =CR 11 - and X 2 represents =CR 14 -. Further, when the bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a single bond, X 1 represents -O- or -CR 9 R 10 -, and X 2 represents -O-, -CO- or -CR represents 12 R 13 -.
R 1 to R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. In addition, R 3 and R 4 may combine with each other to form a ring. In addition, one of R 5 and R 6 and one of R 7 and R 8 may combine with each other to form a ring. Further, when X 1 represents =CR 11 - and X 2 represents =CR 14 -, R 11 and R 14 may combine with each other to form a ring. When X 1 represents -CR 9 R 10 - and X 2 represents -CR 12 R 13 -, any one of R 9 and R 10 and any one of R 12 and R 13 are bonded to each other. may form a ring.
R X1 to R X4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. However, at least one of R X1 to R X4 represents an acid-decomposable group. Any one of R 1 X1 and R 1 X2 and either one of R 1 X3 and R 1 X4 may combine with each other to form a ring.
However, the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) contains a monovalent substituent represented by the following general formula (2) in the molecule.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 式中、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Yは、重合性基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。 In the formula, L2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Y represents a polymerizable group. * represents a binding position.
 式(1)において、R~R14で表される置換基としては特に制限されず、例えば、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキル基、芳香環基、及び、上記一般式(2)で表される1価の置換基等が挙げられる。 In formula (1), the substituents represented by R 1 to R 14 are not particularly limited, and examples include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, nitro groups, cyano groups, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, and cycloalkyl groups. , an aromatic ring group, and a monovalent substituent represented by the general formula (2).
 上記アルキル基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数は1~5が好ましい。上記アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、及び、t-ブチル基が挙げられる。
 上記アルコキシ基及び上記アルコキシカルボニル基におけるアルキル基部分としては、例えば、上記アルキル基と同様の基が挙げられる。
 上記シクロアルキル基は、環員原子数が3~15であることが好ましい。上記シクロアルキルは、シクロペンチル基、若しくは、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、若しくは、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。上記シクロアルキル基は、例えば、環を構成するメチレン基の1つ以上(例えば1~3つ)が、はヘテロ原子(-O-又は-S-等)、-SO-、-SO-、エステル基、カルボニル基、又は、ビニリデン基で置き換わっていてもよい。また、これらのシクロアルキル基は、シクロアルカン環を構成するエチレン基の1つ以上(例えば1~2つ)が、ビニレン基で置き換わっていてもよい。
 上記シクロアルキル基に、芳香環(ベンゼン環等)が縮環していてもよい。
 上記芳香環基は、単環でも多環でもよく、環員原子数は5~15が好ましい。上記芳香環基は環員原子として1以上(例えば1~5)のヘテロ原子(例えば、酸素原子、硫黄原子、及び、窒素原子等)を有していてもよい。上記芳香環基としては、例えば、ベンゼン環基、ナフタレン環基、アントラセン環基、チアゾール環基、及び、ベンゾチアゾール環基が挙げられる。
The alkyl group may be linear or branched, and preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t-butyl group.
Examples of the alkyl group portion in the alkoxy group and the alkoxycarbonyl group include the same groups as the alkyl group.
The cycloalkyl group preferably has 3 to 15 ring member atoms. The cycloalkyl is a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, or an adamantyl group. is preferred. In the cycloalkyl group, for example, one or more (eg, 1 to 3) ring-constituting methylene groups are heteroatoms (—O— or —S—, etc.), —SO 2 —, —SO 3 — , an ester group, a carbonyl group, or a vinylidene group. Further, in these cycloalkyl groups, one or more (eg, 1 to 2) ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
An aromatic ring (such as a benzene ring) may be fused to the cycloalkyl group.
The aromatic ring group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 5 to 15 ring member atoms. The aromatic ring group may have one or more (eg, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (eg, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, etc.) as ring member atoms. Examples of the aromatic ring group include benzene ring group, naphthalene ring group, anthracene ring group, thiazole ring group, and benzothiazole ring group.
 上記アルキル基、上記アルコキシ基、上記アルコキシカルボニル基、及び、上記アルケニル基は、更に置換基を有してもよい。置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子等)、水酸基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、シクロアルキル基、及び、芳香環基が挙げられる。
 上記シクロアルキル基及び上記芳香環基は、更に置換基を有してもよい。置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルケニル基、芳香環基(単環でも多環でもよく、例えば環員原子数5~15)、及び、シクロアルキル基(単環でも多環でもよく、例えば環員原子数3~15)が挙げられる。
The alkyl group, the alkoxy group, the alkoxycarbonyl group, and the alkenyl group may further have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms (such as fluorine atoms), hydroxyl groups, nitro groups, cyano groups, cycloalkyl groups, and aromatic ring groups.
The cycloalkyl group and the aromatic ring group may further have a substituent. Substituents include, for example, halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, nitro groups, cyano groups, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, alkenyl groups, aromatic ring groups (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic, for example, having 5 to 15), and cycloalkyl groups (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic and have, for example, 3 to 15 ring members).
 式(1)中に明示される環(Rが結合した炭素原子、Rが結合した炭素原子、L、X、及び、Xからなる環)は、6員環である。
 ここで、Lが-CR=CR-を表す場合、RとRとは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、Xが=CR11-を表し、Xが=CR14-を表す場合、R11とR14とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。ここで形成される環としては、Lの部位及びXとXと結合部位に相当する不飽和結合を含む脂環であるか、又は、芳香環であるのが好ましい。
The ring specified in formula (1) (the carbon atom to which R 1 is bonded, the carbon atom to which R 2 is bonded, L 1 , X 1 and X 2 ) is a 6-membered ring.
Here, when L 1 represents -CR 3 =CR 4 -, R 3 and R 4 may combine with each other to form a ring. Further, when X 1 represents =CR 11 - and X 2 represents =CR 14 -, R 11 and R 14 may combine with each other to form a ring. The ring formed here is preferably an alicyclic ring containing an unsaturated bond corresponding to the site of L1 and the bonding site between X1 and X2, or an aromatic ring.
 芳香環としては、単環でも多環でもよく、環員原子数は5~20(好ましくは6~10)が好ましい。芳香環基は環員原子として1以上(例えば1~5)のヘテロ原子(酸素原子、硫黄原子、及び窒素原子等)を有していてもよい。
 芳香環としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、トリレン環、アントラセン環、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾピロール環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、及び、チアゾール環等が挙げられ、ベンゼン環が好ましい。
 また、芳香環は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、R~R14で表される置換基で例示したもの等が挙げられる。
The aromatic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 5 to 20 (preferably 6 to 10) member atoms. The aromatic ring group may have one or more (eg, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, etc.) as ring member atoms.
Examples of aromatic rings include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, tolylene ring, anthracene ring, thiophene ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, benzothiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzopyrrole ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, and triazole. A ring, a thiadiazole ring, a thiazole ring and the like can be mentioned, and a benzene ring is preferred.
Moreover, the aromatic ring may further have a substituent. Examples of substituents include those exemplified for the substituents represented by R 1 to R 14 .
 脂環としては、単環でも多環でもよく、環員原子数は5~20(好ましくは6~10)が好ましい。脂環は環員原子として1以上(例えば1~5)のヘテロ原子(酸素原子、硫黄原子、及び窒素原子等)を有していてもよい。脂環は、環内におけるLの部位及びXとXと結合部位に相当する位置に不飽和結合を含む。なお、脂環は、さらに不飽和結合を含んでいてもよい。また、脂環は、環内の炭素原子がカルボニル炭素で置換されていてもよい。
 脂環としては、例えば、シクロペンテン、シクロヘキセン、シクロヘプテン、及び、シクロオクタジエン等が挙げられる。
 また、脂環は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、R~R14で表される置換基で例示したもの等が挙げられる。
The alicyclic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 5 to 20 (preferably 6 to 10) member atoms. The alicyclic ring may have one or more (eg, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, etc.) as ring member atoms. The alicyclic ring contains unsaturated bonds at positions corresponding to the L 1 site and the X 1 and X 2 bonding sites in the ring. In addition, the alicyclic ring may further contain an unsaturated bond. In addition, the alicyclic ring may have a carbon atom in the ring substituted with a carbonyl carbon.
Alicyclic rings include, for example, cyclopentene, cyclohexene, cycloheptene, and cyclooctadiene.
Moreover, the alicyclic ring may further have a substituent. Examples of substituents include those exemplified for the substituents represented by R 1 to R 14 .
 また、Lが-CR-CR-を表す場合、R及びRのいずれか一方とR及びRのいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、Xが-CR10-を表し、Xが-CR1213-を表す場合、R及びR10のいずれか一方とR12及びR13のいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。ここで形成される環としては、脂環であるのが好ましい。脂環としては、単環でも多環でもよく、環員原子数は5~20(好ましくは6~10)が好ましい。脂環は環員原子として1以上(例えば1~5)のヘテロ原子(酸素原子、硫黄原子、及び窒素原子等)を有していてもよい。脂環は、環内におけるLの部位及びXとXと結合部位以外の位置に不飽和結合を含んでいてもよい。また、脂環は、環内の炭素原子がカルボニル炭素で置換されていてもよい。
 脂環としては、例えば、シクロペンタン、シクロヘキサン、シクロヘプタン、及び、シクロオクタン等が挙げられる。
 また、脂環は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、R~R14で表される置換基で例示したもの等が挙げられる。
Further, when L 1 represents -CR 5 R 6 -CR 7 R 8 -, any one of R 5 and R 6 and any one of R 7 and R 8 are bound to each other to form a ring good too. When X 1 represents -CR 9 R 10 - and X 2 represents -CR 12 R 13 -, any one of R 9 and R 10 and any one of R 12 and R 13 are bonded to each other. may form a ring. The ring formed here is preferably an alicyclic ring. The alicyclic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 5 to 20 (preferably 6 to 10) member atoms. The alicyclic ring may have one or more (eg, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, etc.) as ring member atoms. The alicyclic ring may contain an unsaturated bond at a position other than the L 1 site and the bonding site between X 1 and X 2 in the ring. In addition, the alicyclic ring may have a carbon atom in the ring substituted with a carbonyl carbon.
Alicyclic rings include, for example, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane, and cyclooctane.
Moreover, the alicyclic ring may further have a substituent. Examples of substituents include those exemplified for the substituents represented by R 1 to R 14 .
 一般式(1)中、RX1~RX4で表される置換基としては、酸分解性基、及び、R~R14で表される置換基で例示した置換基が挙げられる。
 上記酸分解性基としては、第1実施形態の特定酸分解性樹脂Aで説明した酸分解性基と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。酸分解性基を有する特定モノマーBにより形成される特定酸分解性樹脂Bは、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位(酸分解性繰り返し単位)を有する。特定酸分解性樹脂Bは、この酸分解性繰り返し単位の存在により、酸の作用により極性が増大してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大し、有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する性質を示す。
In general formula (1), the substituents represented by R X1 to R X4 include acid-decomposable groups and the substituents exemplified for the substituents represented by R 1 to R 14 .
The acid-decomposable group has the same definition as the acid-decomposable group described in the specific acid-decomposable resin A of the first embodiment, and the preferred embodiment is also the same. The specific acid-decomposable resin B formed from the specific monomer B having an acid-decomposable group has a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group (acid-decomposable repeating unit). Due to the presence of this acid-decomposable repeating unit, the specific acid-decomposable resin B exhibits properties such that the action of an acid increases the polarity, increases the solubility in an alkaline developer, and decreases the solubility in an organic solvent.
 RX1~RX4の少なくとも1つは、酸分解性基を表す。本発明の効果がより優れる点で、RX1~RX4の少なくとも2つが酸分解性基を表すのが好ましく、RX1~RX4のうちの2つが酸分解性基を表すのがより好ましく、RX1とRX3が酸分解性基を表すのが更に好ましい。
 また、RX1及びRX2のいずれか一方とRX3及びRX4のいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。ここで形成される環としては、脂環であるのが好ましい。脂環としては、単環でも多環でもよく、環員原子数は5~20(好ましくは5~10)が好ましい。脂環は環員原子として1以上(例えば1~5)のヘテロ原子(酸素原子、硫黄原子、及び窒素原子等)を有していてもよい。脂環は、環内に不飽和結合を含んでいてもよい。また、脂環は、環内の炭素原子がカルボニル炭素で置換されていてもよい。
 なお、RX1~RX4のうちの2つが酸分解性基を表す場合、その他の2つは、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、水素原子を表すのが好ましい。
At least one of R X1 to R X4 represents an acid-decomposable group. At least two of R X1 to R X4 preferably represent an acid-decomposable group, more preferably two of R X1 to R X4 represent an acid-decomposable group, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent. More preferably, R X1 and R X3 represent an acid-decomposable group.
Either one of R 1 X1 and R 1 X2 and either one of R 1 X3 and R 1 X4 may combine with each other to form a ring. The ring formed here is preferably an alicyclic ring. The alicyclic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 5 to 20 (preferably 5 to 10) member atoms. The alicyclic ring may have one or more (eg, 1 to 5) heteroatoms (oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, etc.) as ring member atoms. The alicyclic ring may contain an unsaturated bond within the ring. In addition, the alicyclic ring may have a carbon atom in the ring substituted with a carbonyl carbon.
Note that when two of R X1 to R X4 represent an acid-decomposable group, the other two preferably represent a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
 一般式(2)中、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Lで表される2価の連結基としては、例えば、-CO-、-NR-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、2価の脂肪族複素環基、2価の芳香族複素環基、2価の芳香族炭化水素環基、及び、これらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基が挙げられる。なお、上述の、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、2価の脂肪族複素環基、2価の芳香族複素環基、2価の芳香族炭化水素環基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。上記-NR-におけるRは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。上記有機基は、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~6)が好ましい。
In general formula ( 2 ), L2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 2 include -CO-, -NR d -, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, alkenylene groups, divalent aliphatic heterocyclic groups, divalent aromatic heterocyclic groups, divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups, and divalent linking groups combining a plurality of these. The alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, alkenylene group, divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group, divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, and divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group described above further have a substituent. may be R d in —NR d — above represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. The organic group is preferably an alkyl group (eg, 1 to 6 carbon atoms).
 上記アルキレン基としては、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。また、炭素数としては、1~6であるのが好ましい。
 上記シクロアルキレン基の炭素数としては、3~15であるのが好ましい。
 上記アルケニレン基の炭素数としては、2~6であるのが好ましい。
 上記2価の脂肪族複素環基としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、及び、硫黄原子からなる群から選ばれるヘテロ原子を環員原子として有する環員原子数5~10の環であるのが好ましい。
 上記2価の芳香族複素環基としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、及び、硫黄原子からなる群から選ばれるヘテロ原子を環員原子として有する環員原子数5~10の環であるのが好ましい。
 上記2価の芳香族炭化水素環基としては、環員原子数6~10の環が挙げられる。
The alkylene group may be linear or branched. Also, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 6.
The cycloalkylene group preferably has 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
The alkenylene group preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
The divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group is preferably a ring having 5 to 10 ring member atoms and having a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom as a ring member atom. .
The divalent aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably a ring having 5 to 10 ring-member atoms having a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom as a ring-member atom. .
Examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include rings having 6 to 10 ring members.
 Lで表される2価の連結基としては、なかでも、-CO-、-NR-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基、2価の芳香族炭化水素環基、及び、これらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基であるのが好ましい。
 上記「これらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基」としては、例えば、-アルキレン基-O-アルキレン基-フェニレン基-等が挙げられる。
 なお、Lで表される2価の連結基において、Yで表される重合性基との隣接位置は、-CO-、-NR-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、又は-SO-でないのが好ましい。
The divalent linking group represented by L 2 includes, among others, —CO—, —NR d —, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group, and a divalent aromatic Group hydrocarbon ring groups and divalent linking groups combining a plurality of these groups are preferred.
Examples of the above-mentioned "a divalent linking group combining a plurality of these" include -alkylene group -O-alkylene group -phenylene group- and the like.
In the divalent linking group represented by L 2 , the positions adjacent to the polymerizable group represented by Y are —CO—, —NR d —, —O—, —S—, —SO—, or -SO 2 -.
 Yで表される重合性基としては、例えば、ラジカル重合性基及びカチオン重合性基が挙げられ、ラジカル重合性基が好ましく、エチレン性不飽和基であるのがより好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和基の種類としては、例えば、ビニル基、マレイミド基、CH=CR-(Rは、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子)を表す。)、CH=CR-CO-O-(Rは、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子)で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基、又は、水素原子を表す。Rが、メチル基又は水素原子を表すとき、CH=CR-CO-O-は(メタ)アクリル基に相当し、Rが塩素原子を表すとき、CH=CR-CO-O-はα-クロロアクリル基に相当する)等が挙げられ、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、(メタ)アクリル基であるのが好ましい。つまり、特定モノマーBは、(メタ)アクリル化合物であるのが好ましい。なかでも、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、重合性基は、メタクリル基であるのがより好ましい。
 特定モノマーBは、単官能モノマーであるのが好ましい。
The polymerizable group represented by Y includes, for example, a radically polymerizable group and a cationic polymerizable group, preferably a radically polymerizable group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group.
Types of ethylenically unsaturated groups include, for example, a vinyl group, a maleimide group, and CH 2 ═CR T — (R T represents a halogen atom (eg, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom). ), CH 2 ═CR Q —CO—O— (R Q is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms optionally substituted with a halogen atom (e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, and iodine atom) , or represents a hydrogen atom, when R Q represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, CH 2 =CR Q -CO-O- corresponds to a (meth)acryl group, and when R Q represents a chlorine atom, (CH 2 ═CR Q —CO—O— corresponds to an α-chloroacryl group), etc., and (meth)acryl groups are preferred in that the effects of the present invention are more excellent. That is, the specific monomer B is preferably a (meth)acrylic compound. Among them, the polymerizable group is more preferably a methacryl group because the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
The specific monomer B is preferably a monofunctional monomer.
 特定モノマーBは、分子中に、上記一般式(2)で表される1価の置換基を含む。特定モノマーB中、上記一般式(2)で表される1価の置換基の導入位置としては特に制限されず、例えば、R及びRに導入されるか、RとRとが互いに結合して形成する環上に導入されるか、R11とR14とが互いに結合して形成する環上に導入されるか、R及びRのいずれか一方とR及びRのいずれか一方とが互いに結合して形成する環上に導入されるか、R及びR10のいずれか一方とR12及びR13のいずれか一方とが互いに結合して形成する環上に導入され得る。
 特定モノマーBは、単官能モノマーであるのが好ましい。つまり、特定モノマーBは、上記一般式(2)で表される1価の置換基を1つ有するのが好ましい。
The specific monomer B contains a monovalent substituent represented by the general formula (2) in the molecule. In the specific monomer B , the introduction position of the monovalent substituent represented by the general formula ( 2 ) is not particularly limited. is introduced on the ring formed by bonding together, or is introduced on the ring formed by bonding R 11 and R 14 together, or any one of R 5 and R 6 and R 7 and R 8 on the ring formed by combining any one of R 9 and R 10 with each other, or on the ring formed by combining any one of R 9 and R 10 and any one of R 12 and R 13 with each other can be introduced.
The specific monomer B is preferably a monofunctional monomer. That is, the specific monomer B preferably has one monovalent substituent represented by the general formula (2).
 また、式(1)中、L、X、及び、Xの好適な組み合わせ(L、X、X)としては、(-CR=CR-、=CR11-、=CR14-)、(-CR=CR-、-O-、-CO-)、及び、(-CR=CR-、-CO-、-O-)等が挙げられる。
 なお、(L、X、X)が(-CR=CR-、=CR11-、=CR14-)である場合の特定モノマーBの具体例としては、例えば、下記一般式(AX)で表される化合物が挙げられる。なお、下記一般式(AX)で表される重合性化合物は、9、10-ジヒドロアントラセンを基本骨格としている。
In formula (1), a suitable combination (L 1 , X 1 , X 2 ) of L 1 , X 1 and X 2 is (-CR 3 =CR 4 -, =CR 11 -, = CR 14 -), (-CR 3 =CR 4 -, -O-, -CO-), and (-CR 3 =CR 4 -, -CO-, -O-).
Specific examples of the specific monomer B when (L 1 , X 1 , X 2 ) are (-CR 3 =CR 4 -, =CR 11 -, =CR 14 -) include the following general formula A compound represented by (AX) can be mentioned. The polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (AX) has 9,10-dihydroanthracene as its basic skeleton.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 一般式(AX)中、R、R、RX1~RX4は、各々独立に、一般式(1)中のR、R、RX1~RX4と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 R22及びR23は、各々独立に、置換基を表す。R22及びR23で表される置換基としては、R~R14で表される置換基で例示したものが挙げられる。
 m及びnは、それぞれ独立に、0~4の整数を表す。
 但し、上記一般式(AX)で表される重合性化合物は、分子中に、上述した一般式(2)で表される1価の置換基を含む。具体的には、R、R、R22、及びR23のいずれかの位置に導入されるのが好ましい。
In general formula (AX), R 1 , R 2 , and R X1 to R X4 are each independently synonymous with R 1 , R 2 and R X1 to R X4 in general formula (1), and preferred embodiments are also are the same.
R22 and R23 each independently represent a substituent. Examples of the substituents represented by R 22 and R 23 include those exemplified for the substituents represented by R 1 to R 14 .
m and n each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4;
However, the polymerizable compound represented by the above general formula (AX) contains a monovalent substituent represented by the above general formula (2) in the molecule. Specifically, it is preferably introduced at any position of R 1 , R 2 , R 22 and R 23 .
 特定モノマーBの好適な一態様として、下記一般式(3)で表される重合性化合物及び下記一般式(4)で表される重合性化合物が挙げられる。 A preferred embodiment of the specific monomer B includes a polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (3) and a polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (4).
 一般式(3)で表される重合性化合物は、Rの位置に一般式(2)で表される1価の置換基を有する点以外は、一般式(1)と同義であり好適態様も同じである。なお、一般式(3)で表される重合性化合物は、単官能モノマーであるのが好ましい。 The polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (3) has the same meaning as the general formula (1) except that it has a monovalent substituent represented by the general formula (2) at the position of R 1 and is a preferred embodiment. is the same. In addition, the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (3) is preferably a monofunctional monomer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 一般式(4)で表される重合性化合物は、Lが-CR=CR-を表す点以外は、一般式(1)と同義であり好適態様も同じである。なお、一般式(4)で表される重合性化合物は、単官能モノマーであるのが好ましい。 The polymerizable compound represented by general formula (4) has the same definition and preferred embodiment as general formula (1), except that L 1 represents -CR 3 =CR 4 -. In addition, the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (4) is preferably a monofunctional monomer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 一般式(4)中、上記一般式(2)で表される1価の置換基の導入位置としては例えば、R~Rのいずれかの位置に導入されるか、RとRとが互いに結合して形成する環上に導入されるのが好ましい。
 一般式(4)で表される重合性化合物の好適な一態様として、Xが-O-を表し、Xが-CO-を表す態様が挙げられる。
 また、一般式(4)で表される重合性化合物の好適な他の一態様として、Xが-O-を表し、Xが-CO-を表し、RとRとが互いに結合して脂環を形成する態様が挙げられる。
 一般式(4)で表される重合性化合物の好適な他の一態様として、Xが-CO-を表し、Xが-O-を表す態様が挙げられる。
 また、一般式(4)で表される重合性化合物の好適な他の一態様として、Xが-CO-を表し、Xが-O-を表し、RとRとが互いに結合して脂環を形成する態様が挙げられる。
In general formula (4), the introduction position of the monovalent substituent represented by general formula (2) is, for example, any one of R 1 to R 4 , or R 3 and R 4 is preferably introduced on the ring formed by combining with each other.
A preferred embodiment of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (4) is an embodiment in which X 1 represents -O- and X 2 represents -CO-.
Further, as another preferred embodiment of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (4), X 1 represents -O-, X 2 represents -CO-, and R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other and form an alicyclic ring.
Another preferable aspect of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (4) is an aspect in which X 1 represents --CO-- and X 2 represents --O--.
Further, as another preferred embodiment of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (4), X 1 represents —CO—, X 2 represents —O—, and R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other and form an alicyclic ring.
 上記一般式(3)で表される重合性化合物としては、下記一般式(5)で表される重合性化合物が好ましい。なお、下記一般式(5)で表される重合性化合物は、9、10-ジヒドロアントラセンを基本骨格としている。 As the polymerizable compound represented by the above general formula (3), a polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (5) is preferable. The polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (5) has 9,10-dihydroanthracene as its basic skeleton.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 一般式(5)中、R24及びRX1~RX4は、各々独立に、一般式(1)中のR及びRX1~RX4と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 R21は、水素原子又は置換基を表す。R21で表される置換基としては、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子)で置換されていてもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基が挙げられる。R21としては、水素原子又はメチル基であるのが好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。
 R22及びR23は、各々独立に、置換基を表す。R22及びR23で表される置換基としては、R~R14で表される置換基で例示したものが挙げられる。
 m及びnは、それぞれ独立に、0~4の整数を表す。
 L21は、単結合又は2価の連結基が挙げられる。
 L21で表される2価の連結基としては、一般式(2)中のLで表される2価の連結基と同様のものが挙げられ、好適態様も同じである。
In general formula (5), R 24 and R X1 to R X4 are each independently synonymous with R 2 and R X1 to R X4 in general formula (1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
R21 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of substituents represented by R 21 include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms optionally substituted with halogen atoms (eg, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom). R 21 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, more preferably a methyl group.
R22 and R23 each independently represent a substituent. Examples of the substituents represented by R 22 and R 23 include those exemplified for the substituents represented by R 1 to R 14 .
m and n each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4;
L21 includes a single bond or a divalent linking group.
The divalent linking group represented by L21 includes the same divalent linking groups as the divalent linking group represented by L2 in formula ( 2 ), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
 特定モノマーBとしては、そのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度が220℃以上である重合性化合物であるのが好ましい。上記特定モノマーBのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度は、特定モノマーAのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度として上述した測定手法により得られる値を意図する。 The specific monomer B is preferably a polymerizable compound whose homopolymer has a glass transition temperature of 220°C or higher. The glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the specific monomer B is intended to be the value obtained by the measurement method described above as the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the specific monomer A.
 特定モノマーBのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度は、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、250℃以上であるのがより好ましく、280℃以上であるのが更に好ましく、300℃以上であるのが特に好ましい。なお、上限値としては、特に制限されないが、400℃以下であるのが好ましい。 The glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the specific monomer B is more preferably 250° C. or higher, still more preferably 280° C. or higher, and particularly 300° C. or higher, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent. preferable. Although the upper limit is not particularly limited, it is preferably 400° C. or less.
 特定モノマーBの保護基価は、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、3.40mmol/g以上であるのが好ましい。なお、保護基価とは、特定モノマーB(重合性化合物)の質量に対する酸分解性基のモル量(mmol/g)を表す。上限値としては、特に制限されないが、6.0mmol/g以下であるのが好ましい。保護基価としては、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、3.50mmol/g以上であるのがより好ましく、3.60mmol/g以上であるのが更に好ましい。 The protective group value of the specific monomer B is preferably 3.40 mmol/g or more from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent. The protective group value represents the molar amount (mmol/g) of the acid-decomposable group relative to the mass of the specific monomer B (polymerizable compound). Although the upper limit is not particularly limited, it is preferably 6.0 mmol/g or less. The protective group value is more preferably 3.50 mmol/g or more, still more preferably 3.60 mmol/g or more, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
 特定モノマーBの分子量としては特に制限されないが、例えば、400以上であるのが好ましい。なお、上限値としては、1,000以下であるのが好ましく、800以下であるのがより好ましく、700以下であるのが更に好ましい。 Although the molecular weight of the specific monomer B is not particularly limited, it is preferably 400 or more, for example. The upper limit is preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, and even more preferably 700 or less.
 特定モノマーBは、公知の手法により合成できる。具体的には、Diels-Alder反応により、共役ジエン化合物にアルケン化合物を付加して不飽和6員環構造を形成する手法等により得られる。 The specific monomer B can be synthesized by a known method. Specifically, it can be obtained by a method of forming an unsaturated 6-membered ring structure by adding an alkene compound to a conjugated diene compound by Diels-Alder reaction.
 以下に特定モノマーBの具体例(A群及びB群)を例示するが、これに制限されない。なお、以下に示す特定モノマーAの(A群)に属する化合物は、いずれも、9、10-ジヒドロアントラセンを基本骨格とした化合物に相当する。
(A群)
Specific examples of the specific monomer B (group A and group B) are shown below, but are not limited thereto. All of the compounds belonging to (Group A) of the specific monomer A shown below correspond to compounds having 9,10-dihydroanthracene as a basic skeleton.
(Group A)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
(B群) (Group B)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
[電子デバイスの製造方法]
 また、本発明は、上記した第1実施形態及び第2実施形態のレジスト組成物を使用するパターン形成方法を含む電子デバイスの製造方法、及びこの製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。
 本発明の電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(家電、OA(Office Automation)、メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に、好適に、搭載されるものである。
[Method for manufacturing electronic device]
The present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including a pattern forming method using the resist compositions of the first and second embodiments, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
The electronic device of the present invention is preferably mounted in electric/electronic equipment (household appliances, OA (Office Automation), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
[化合物]
 また、本発明は、上述した一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物(特定モノマーB)にも関する。特定モノマーBについては既述のとおりである。
[Compound]
The present invention also relates to the polymerizable compound (specific monomer B) represented by the general formula (1) described above. Specific monomer B is as described above.
[樹脂]
 また、本発明は、上述した一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物(特定モノマーB)に由来する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(特定酸分解性樹脂B)にも関する。特定酸分解性樹脂Bについては既述のとおりである。
[resin]
The present invention also relates to a resin (specific acid-decomposable resin B) having a repeating unit derived from the polymerizable compound (specific monomer B) represented by the general formula (1) described above. Specific acid-decomposable resin B is as described above.
 以下に実施例に基づいて本発明をさらに詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。したがって、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されるべきものではない。 The present invention will be described in more detail below based on examples. The materials, amounts used, proportions, processing details, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be construed to be limited by the examples shown below.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の各種成分]
〔樹脂〕
 表5に示される樹脂(A-1~A-23、B-1~B-10)を以下に示す。なお、樹脂A-1~A-23及びB-1~B-10は、後述する樹脂A-10に記載の合成手法に準じて合成したものを使用した。
 表1に、表5に示される樹脂(A-1~A-23、B-1~B-10)を構成する繰り返し単位の質量比率、重量平均分子量(Mw)、及び分散度(Mw/Mn)を示す。
 なお、樹脂A-1~A-23及びB-1~B-10の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)はGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定し、ポリスチレン換算量として示している。
[Various Components of Actinic Ray-Sensitive or Radiation-Sensitive Resin Composition]
〔resin〕
The resins (A-1 to A-23, B-1 to B-10) shown in Table 5 are shown below. The resins A-1 to A-23 and B-1 to B-10 were synthesized according to the synthesis method described below for resin A-10.
Table 1 shows the mass ratio, weight average molecular weight (Mw), and dispersity (Mw/Mn) of the repeating units constituting the resins (A-1 to A-23, B-1 to B-10) shown in Table 5. ).
Incidentally, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the resins A-1 to A-23 and B-1 to B-10 were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)), and the polystyrene equivalent amount was is shown as
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
 表2~表4に、表1に示される樹脂A-1~A-23及びB-1~B-10の合成に用いたモノマー(重合性化合物)の構造を示す。なお、以下に示すモノマーのうち、M-55~M-73は、ホモポリマーにおけるガラス転移温度が220℃以上であり、且つ、保護基価が3.40mmol/g以上であるモノマー(特定モノマーA)に該当する。
 また、下記モノマーM-55~M-73のうち、M-55、M-58~M-61、及び、M-67~M-72は、上述した一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物(特定モノマーB)に該当する。
Tables 2 to 4 show the structures of the monomers (polymerizable compounds) used to synthesize the resins A-1 to A-23 and B-1 to B-10 shown in Table 1. Among the monomers shown below, M-55 to M-73 are monomers (specific monomer A ).
Further, among the following monomers M-55 to M-73, M-55, M-58 to M-61, and M-67 to M-72 are polymerizable represented by the above general formula (1) It corresponds to a compound (specific monomer B).
 モノマーM-55~M-73は、後述する樹脂M-55に記載の合成手法に準じて合成したものを使用した。 Monomers M-55 to M-73 were synthesized according to the synthesis method described below for resin M-55.
 また、表2~表4に、各モノマーのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度と保護基価(モノマー1gあたりのmmol当量(mmol/g))も併せて示す。
 表2~表4に示す各モノマーのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度は、以下の方法により測定した値である。
Tables 2 to 4 also show the glass transition temperature and protective group value (mmol equivalent per 1 g of monomer (mmol/g)) of the homopolymer of each monomer.
The glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of each monomer shown in Tables 2 to 4 is a value measured by the following method.
<<表2~表4に示す各モノマーのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度(Tg)の測定方法>>
〈1〉表2~表4に示す各モノマーを30質量%、シクロヘキシルメタクリレートを70質量%となる仕込み組成で合成し、重量平均分子量が60,000以上(具体的には、重量平均分子量が60,000~100,000)となるコポリマーP2を得る。
〈2〉示唆熱熱量測定機(島津製作所製「示差走査熱量計 DSC-60 Plus 測定システム」)にて、得られたコポリマーP2のTgを評価する。
 なお、Tgの測定に当たっては、下記測定条件とした。
 測定条件:空気気流下にて、室温から150℃まで昇温。昇温速度5℃/minを2サイクル繰り返し、コポリマーP2のTgを得た。
〈3〉Fox式に準ずる以下の式(1)を使用して、シクロヘキシルメタクリレートのホモポリマーのTgを98℃として、表2~表4に示す各モノマーのホモポリマーのTgを算出する。
<<Method for measuring the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the homopolymer of each monomer shown in Tables 2 to 4>>
<1> Each monomer shown in Tables 2 to 4 is synthesized with a charging composition of 30% by mass and cyclohexyl methacrylate is 70% by mass, and a weight average molecular weight of 60,000 or more (specifically, a weight average molecular weight of 60 ,000 to 100,000) is obtained.
<2> Tg of the obtained copolymer P2 is evaluated with a differential calorimeter ("Differential scanning calorimeter DSC-60 Plus measurement system" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation).
In addition, in measuring Tg, the following measurement conditions were used.
Measurement conditions: Temperature was raised from room temperature to 150°C under an air current. A heating rate of 5° C./min was repeated for two cycles to obtain the Tg of copolymer P2.
<3> Calculate the Tg of the homopolymer of each monomer shown in Tables 2 to 4 using the following formula (1) based on the Fox formula, with the Tg of the homopolymer of cyclohexyl methacrylate set to 98°C.
 式(1)1/Tg=w1/Tg1+w2/Tg2
 式(1)中、Tgは、コポリマーP2のTg(K)を表す。Tg1は、表2~表4に示す各モノマーのホモポリマーTg(K)を表す。Tg2は、シクロヘキシルメタクリレートのホモポリマーTg(K)を表す。w1は、コポリマーP2中の全繰り返し単位に対する表2~表4に示す各モノマーに由来する繰り返し単位の質量分率を表す。w2は、コポリマーP2中の全繰り返し単位に対するシクロヘキシルメタクリレートのホモポリマーに由来する繰り返し単位の質量分率を表す。各モノマーのホモポリマーTgの算出に当たっては、w1は0.3であり、w2は0.7として計算する。
Formula (1) 1/Tg=w1/Tg1+w2/Tg2
In formula (1), Tg represents the Tg (K) of copolymer P2. Tg1 represents the homopolymer Tg (K) of each monomer shown in Tables 2-4. Tg2 represents the homopolymer Tg(K) of cyclohexyl methacrylate. w1 represents the mass fraction of repeating units derived from each monomer shown in Tables 2 to 4 with respect to all repeating units in copolymer P2. w2 represents the mass fraction of repeating units derived from the homopolymer of cyclohexyl methacrylate to all repeating units in copolymer P2. In calculating the homopolymer Tg of each monomer, w1 is 0.3 and w2 is 0.7.
 なお、以下に示すモノマーM-55、M-59~M-61、M-67~M-69、M-71~M-72は、いずれも、9、10-ジヒドロアントラセンを基本骨格とした化合物に相当する。 The following monomers M-55, M-59 to M-61, M-67 to M-69, and M-71 to M-72 are all compounds having 9,10-dihydroanthracene as a basic skeleton. corresponds to
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
<<合成例>>
<合成例1:M-55の合成>
(第1工程:フマル酸エステルの合成)
<<Synthesis example>>
<Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of M-55>
(First step: Synthesis of fumaric acid ester)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 t-ブトキシカリウム(146.8g)及びt-ブタノール(1300g)を混合した溶液を窒素気流下にて35℃に加熱した。この液を攪拌しながら、フマル酸クロリド(100.0g)を滴下し、滴下完了後に50℃に昇温し、4時間攪拌した。
 得られた液を室温まで放冷後、飽和重曹水200mlを攪拌しながら滴下し、反応を停止させた。その後、エバポレーターによって、残留したt-BuOHを除去した。次いで、酢酸エチル1200ml及び水1200mlを用いて分液し、分取した酢酸エチル層を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥させた。乾燥後、濾過を実施し、濾過後の液をエバポレーターで濃縮させた。得られた濃縮液にイソプロパノール50mlを添加し、加熱溶解させた後、水50mlを添加して晶析した。得られた晶析物(粉末)を濾取することで、目的物(FA-TBm:収量70.1g、収率47%)を得た。
A mixed solution of potassium t-butoxy (146.8 g) and t-butanol (1300 g) was heated to 35° C. under a stream of nitrogen. While stirring this liquid, fumaric chloride (100.0 g) was added dropwise, and after completion of the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to 50° C. and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours.
After allowing the resulting liquid to cool to room temperature, 200 ml of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate was added dropwise with stirring to terminate the reaction. After that, residual t-BuOH was removed by an evaporator. Then, 1200 ml of ethyl acetate and 1200 ml of water were used for liquid separation, and the separated ethyl acetate layer was dried over magnesium sulfate. After drying, filtration was performed, and the filtered liquid was concentrated by an evaporator. After 50 ml of isopropanol was added to the obtained concentrate and dissolved by heating, 50 ml of water was added to crystallize. The obtained crystallized product (powder) was collected by filtration to obtain the desired product (FA-TBm: yield: 70.1 g, yield: 47%).
(第2工程:プレカーサー化合物(M’-55)の合成) (Second step: Synthesis of precursor compound (M'-55))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 トルエン(250ml)に対し、アントラセンメタノール(50.0g)、FA-TBm(65.8g)を添加し、オイルバスで115℃に加熱し、還流下にて16時間反応を行った。エバポレーターでトルエンを除去し、メタノール36mlを添加して、氷冷しながら攪拌した。析出した粉末を濾過し、目的物(M’-55:収量80g、収率76.3%)を得た。 Anthracenemethanol (50.0 g) and FA-TBm (65.8 g) were added to toluene (250 ml), heated to 115° C. in an oil bath, and reacted under reflux for 16 hours. Toluene was removed by an evaporator, 36 ml of methanol was added, and the mixture was stirred while cooling with ice. The precipitated powder was filtered to obtain the desired product (M'-55: yield 80 g, yield 76.3%).
(第3工程:化合物M-55の合成) (Third step: Synthesis of compound M-55)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 M’-55(80g)を、テトラヒドロフラン(185ml)に溶解させ、氷冷しながらメタクリル酸クロリド(46g)を滴下し、続いてトリエチルアミン(44.5g)を滴下した。滴下後、得られた反応液を更に1時間反応させた後、この反応液を酢酸エチル1200mlと飽和重曹水1200m中に添加し、そのまま一晩攪拌した。その後、分液操作にて酢酸エチル層を抽出し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥させた。乾燥後に濾過を実施し、次いで、濾過した液をエバポレーターで濃縮させた。得られた濃縮物にメタノール360mlを添加し、攪拌して晶析した。得られた晶析物(粉末)を濾取することで、目的物(M-55:収量75.8g、収率82%)を得た。
 図1に、得られたM-55のH-NMRチャートを示す。
M'-55 (80 g) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (185 ml), and methacrylic acid chloride (46 g) was added dropwise while cooling with ice, followed by triethylamine (44.5 g). After the dropwise addition, the resulting reaction solution was further reacted for 1 hour, then added to 1200 ml of ethyl acetate and 1200 ml of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and stirred overnight. After that, the ethyl acetate layer was extracted by a liquid separation operation and dried with magnesium sulfate. Filtration was performed after drying, and then the filtered liquid was concentrated by an evaporator. 360 ml of methanol was added to the resulting concentrate and stirred to crystallize. The obtained crystallized product (powder) was collected by filtration to obtain the desired product (M-55: yield: 75.8 g, yield: 82%).
FIG. 1 shows the 1 H-NMR chart of the obtained M-55.
<合成例2:樹脂A-10の合成>
 シクロヘキサノン(15.2g)を窒素気流下にて85℃に加熱した。この液を攪拌しながら、下記モノマーM-19(31.3g、50.4質量%PGMEA溶液)、下記モノマーM-60(29.3g)、シクロヘキサノン(27.1g)、及び、2,2’-アゾビスイソ酪酸ジメチル〔V-601、和光純薬工業(株)製〕のシクロヘキサノン溶液〔10質量%〕(33.8g)の混合溶液を6時間かけて滴下し、反応液を得た。滴下終了後、反応液を85℃にて更に2時間攪拌した。得られた反応液を放冷後、多量のヘプタン/酢酸エチル(質量比9:1)で再沈殿した後、ろ過し、得られた固体を真空乾燥することで、樹脂A-10(39g)を得た。上記作業は全て黄色灯下で行った。
<Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of Resin A-10>
Cyclohexanone (15.2 g) was heated to 85° C. under a stream of nitrogen. While stirring this liquid, the following monomer M-19 (31.3 g, 50.4% by mass PGMEA solution), the following monomer M-60 (29.3 g), cyclohexanone (27.1 g), and 2,2' A mixed solution of dimethyl azobisisobutyrate [V-601, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.] in cyclohexanone [10% by mass] (33.8 g) was added dropwise over 6 hours to obtain a reaction solution. After the dropwise addition was completed, the reaction solution was stirred at 85° C. for another 2 hours. The obtained reaction solution was left to cool, reprecipitated with a large amount of heptane/ethyl acetate (mass ratio 9:1), filtered, and the resulting solid was dried under vacuum to obtain resin A-10 (39 g). got All the above operations were performed under a yellow light.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
〔光酸発生剤〕
 表5に示される光酸発生剤(B-1~B-11)の構造を以下に示す。
[Photoacid generator]
The structures of the photoacid generators (B-1 to B-11) shown in Table 5 are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
〔疎水性樹脂〕
 表5に示される疎水性樹脂(P-1~P-3)の構造、重量平均分子量(Mw)、及び分散度(Mw/Mn)を以下に示す。
 なお、疎水性樹脂P-1~P-3の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)はGPC(キャリア:THF)により測定し、ポリスチレン換算量として示している。
・疎水性樹脂P-1:下記モノマーME-1を原料とするポリマー(Mw:8,700、Mw/Mn:1.56)
・疎水性樹脂P-2:下記モノマーME-5を原料とするポリマー(Mw:7,600、Mw/Mn:1.62)
・疎水性樹脂P-3:下記モノマーME-2を原料とするポリマー(Mw:5,800、Mw/Mn:1.55)
[Hydrophobic resin]
The structures, weight average molecular weights (Mw), and dispersities (Mw/Mn) of the hydrophobic resins (P-1 to P-3) shown in Table 5 are shown below.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the hydrophobic resins P-1 to P-3 were measured by GPC (carrier: THF) and shown as polystyrene equivalents.
- Hydrophobic resin P-1: a polymer (Mw: 8,700, Mw/Mn: 1.56) made from the following monomer ME-1
- Hydrophobic resin P-2: a polymer (Mw: 7,600, Mw/Mn: 1.62) made from the following monomer ME-5
Hydrophobic resin P-3: polymer (Mw: 5,800, Mw/Mn: 1.55) made from the following monomer ME-2
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
〔界面活性剤〕
 表5に示される界面活性剤を以下に示す。
 H-1:メガファックF176(DIC(株)製、フッ素系界面活性剤)
[Surfactant]
The surfactants shown in Table 5 are shown below.
H-1: Megafac F176 (manufactured by DIC Corporation, fluorine-based surfactant)
〔溶剤〕
 表5に示される溶剤を以下に示す。
 G-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 G-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 G-5:シクロペンタノン
 G-8:γ-ブチロラクトン
〔solvent〕
The solvents shown in Table 5 are shown below.
G-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
G-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
G-5: cyclopentanone G-8: γ-butyrolactone
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製及びパターン形成:EUV露光]
〔感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製〕
 表5に示した各成分を固形分濃度が1.4質量%になるように混合した。次いで、得られた混合液を、最初に孔径50nmのポリエチレン製フィルター、次に孔径10nmのナイロン製フィルター、最後に孔径5nmのポリエチレン製フィルターの順番で通液させて濾過することにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下「レジスト組成物」ともいう。)(Re-1~Re-23、HRe-1~HRe-10)を調製した。なお、固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。得られたレジスト組成物を、実施例及び比較例で使用した。
[Preparation and pattern formation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition: EUV exposure]
[Preparation of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
Each component shown in Table 5 was mixed so that the solid content concentration was 1.4% by mass. Next, the resulting mixed solution is first filtered through a polyethylene filter with a pore size of 50 nm, then through a nylon filter with a pore size of 10 nm, and finally through a polyethylene filter with a pore size of 5 nm. Photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions (hereinafter also referred to as "resist compositions") (Re-1 to Re-23, HRe-1 to HRe-10) were prepared. In addition, solid content means all the components other than a solvent. The resulting resist compositions were used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
 以下に表5を示す。
 なお、表中における各成分の「含有量」欄は、各成分の全固形分に対する含有量(質量%)を示す。また、「溶剤」欄における「混合比」とは、各溶剤の混合比(質量比)を示す。
Table 5 is shown below.
The "content" column of each component in the table indicates the content (% by mass) of each component with respect to the total solid content. The "mixing ratio" in the "solvent" column indicates the mixing ratio (mass ratio) of each solvent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
〔パターン形成及び評価(1):EUV露光、アルカリ現像〕
<パターン形成>
 直径12インチのシリコンウエハ上に下層膜形成用組成物AL412(BrewerScience社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚20nmの下地膜を形成した。その上に、上述の通り調製したレジスト組成物を塗布し、100℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚20nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
 EUV露光機(ASML社製;NXE3350、NA0.33、Dipole 45°、アウターシグマ0.87、インナーシグマ0.60)を用い、ラインサイズ=20nmであり、かつ、ライン:スペース=1:1である反射型マスクを介して露光した。
 次いで、2.38質量%TMAH(水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム)水溶液にて30秒間現像し、水にて20秒間リンスした。続いて、2000rpmの回転数で40秒間ウエハを回転させることにより、ラインサイズ=20nmであり、かつ、ライン:スペース=1:1であるポジ型のパターンを形成した。
[Pattern formation and evaluation (1): EUV exposure, alkali development]
<Pattern formation>
An underlayer film forming composition AL412 (manufactured by BrewerScience) was applied onto a silicon wafer with a diameter of 12 inches and baked at 205° C. for 60 seconds to form an underlayer film with a thickness of 20 nm. The resist composition prepared as described above was applied thereon and baked at 100° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a thickness of 20 nm.
Using an EUV exposure machine (manufactured by ASML; NXE3350, NA 0.33, Dipole 45°, outer sigma 0.87, inner sigma 0.60), line size = 20 nm, and line: space = 1: 1 Exposure was made through a reflective mask.
Next, it was developed with a 2.38% by mass TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide) aqueous solution for 30 seconds and rinsed with water for 20 seconds. Subsequently, the wafer was rotated at a rotational speed of 2000 rpm for 40 seconds to form a positive pattern with a line size of 20 nm and a line:space ratio of 1:1.
<評価>
(ラインウィズスラフネス(LWR性能、nm))
 上述の方法で得られたパターンを測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM((株)日立製作所S-9380II))を使用してパターン上部から観察した。パターンの線幅を250箇所で観測し、その測定ばらつきを3σで評価し、LWR(nm)とした。LWRの値が小さいほどLWR性能が良好である。結果を表6に示す。
 なお、LWR性能は、4.00nm未満が好ましく、3.50nm以下がより好ましく、3.00nm以下が更に好ましい。
<Evaluation>
(Line width roughness (LWR performance, nm))
The pattern obtained by the above method was observed from above using a scanning electron microscope (SEM (Hitachi Ltd. S-9380II)). The line width of the pattern was observed at 250 points, and the measurement variation was evaluated by 3σ to obtain LWR (nm). The smaller the value of LWR, the better the LWR performance. Table 6 shows the results.
The LWR performance is preferably less than 4.00 nm, more preferably 3.50 nm or less, and even more preferably 3.00 nm or less.
(解像性の評価(限界解像、nm))
 上記<パターン形成>において、露光は、最適露光量Eop(μC/cm)(レジスト組成物を用いて形成されるパターンが、露光に使用したマスクのパターンを再現する際の露光量)で行っている。
 次に、最適露光量Eopから露光量を少しずつ変化させてラインアンドスペースパターンを形成する試験を実施した。この際、倒れずに解像するパターンの最小寸法を、測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM((株)日立製作所S-9380II))を用いて求めた。これを「限界解像(nm)」とした。限界解像の値が小さいほど解像性が良好である。結果を表6に示す。
 なお、解像性は、15.0nm未満が好ましく、13.0nm以下がより好ましく、12.0nm以下が更に好ましい。
(Evaluation of resolution (limiting resolution, nm))
In the above <pattern formation>, the exposure is performed at the optimum exposure dose Eop (μC/cm 2 ) (the exposure dose when the pattern formed using the resist composition reproduces the pattern of the mask used for exposure). ing.
Next, a test was conducted in which a line-and-space pattern was formed by gradually changing the exposure amount from the optimum exposure amount Eop. At this time, the minimum dimension of the pattern that can be resolved without collapsing was determined using a scanning electron microscope (SEM (Hitachi Ltd. S-9380II)). This was defined as "limiting resolution (nm)". The smaller the limit resolution value, the better the resolution. Table 6 shows the results.
The resolution is preferably less than 15.0 nm, more preferably 13.0 nm or less, and even more preferably 12.0 nm or less.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000069
 表に示す結果より、実施例のレジスト組成物は、解像性に優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンのLWR性能にも優れることが確認された。 From the results shown in the table, it was confirmed that the resist compositions of Examples are excellent in resolution and also in LWR performance of the formed patterns.
(特定モノマーAについての結果)
 また、各実施例の対比から、レジスト組成物中に含まれる酸分解性樹脂における酸分解性繰り返し単位の原料モノマーが、ホモポリマーにおけるガラス転移温度が300℃以上であり、且つ、保護基価が3.40mmol/g以上であるモノマーに該当する場合(好ましくは、ホモポリマーにおけるガラス転移温度が300℃以上であり、且つ、保護基価が3.50mmol/g以上であるモノマーに該当する場合)、レジスト組成物は解像性により優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンのLWR性能にもより優れることが確認された。
 また、上記酸分解性繰り返し単位の構造の保護基により保護された極性基がカルボキシル基である場合、レジスト組成物は解像性により優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンのLWR性能にもより優れることが確認された。
(Results for specific monomer A)
Further, from the comparison of each example, the raw material monomer of the acid-decomposable repeating unit in the acid-decomposable resin contained in the resist composition has a glass transition temperature of 300° C. or higher in a homopolymer and a protective group value of 3.40 mmol/g or more (preferably, a homopolymer having a glass transition temperature of 300°C or more and a protecting group value of 3.50 mmol/g or more) , it was confirmed that the resist composition is superior in resolution and the LWR performance of the formed pattern is also superior.
Further, when the polar group protected by the protecting group in the structure of the acid-decomposable repeating unit is a carboxyl group, the resist composition is superior in resolution, and the LWR performance of the formed pattern is also superior. was confirmed.
(特定モノマーBについての結果)
 また、例えば、実施例4及び実施例8の結果を比較すると、レジスト組成物中に含まれる酸分解性樹脂における酸分解性繰り返し単位の原料モノマーが、上述した一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物の中でも、特に、上述した一般式(AX)で表される構造である場合、レジスト組成物は解像性により優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンのLWR性能にもより優れることが確認された。
 また、例えば、実施例1、実施例6、及び実施例7の結果を比較すると、上述した一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物において、重合性基が(メタ)アクリル基である場合(好ましくはメタクリル基である場合)、レジスト組成物は解像性により優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンのLWR性能にもより優れることが確認された。
(Results for specific monomer B)
Further, for example, when the results of Examples 4 and 8 are compared, the raw material monomer of the acid-decomposable repeating unit in the acid-decomposable resin contained in the resist composition is represented by the general formula (1) described above. Among the polymerizable compounds, in particular, when the structure is represented by the general formula (AX) described above, the resist composition is superior in resolution, and it is confirmed that the LWR performance of the formed pattern is also superior. was done.
Further, for example, when comparing the results of Example 1, Example 6, and Example 7, in the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) described above, when the polymerizable group is a (meth) acrylic group It was confirmed that the resist composition was superior in resolution and LWR performance of the formed pattern (preferably in the case of methacrylic groups).
 また、実施例1、実施例11、実施例21、及び実施例22の対比から、上述した一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物において、酸分解性基の種類が上述した一般式(O1)で表される基であり、且つR11~R13のうち2つが互いに結合して環を形成しない場合、レジスト組成物は解像性により優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンのLWR性能にもより優れることが確認された。 In addition, from the comparison of Example 1, Example 11, Example 21, and Example 22, in the polymerizable compound represented by the above general formula (1), the type of acid-decomposable group is the above general formula ( O1) and two of R 11 to R 13 do not bond to each other to form a ring, the resist composition is superior in resolution and the LWR performance of the formed pattern is improved. was also found to be superior.
 また、実施例1と実施例13の対比から、上述した一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物において、酸分解性基の数が2個の場合、レジスト組成物は解像性により優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンのLWR性能にもより優れることが確認された。 Further, from the comparison between Example 1 and Example 13, in the polymerizable compound represented by the above general formula (1), when the number of acid-decomposable groups is 2, the resist composition is superior in resolution. Moreover, it was confirmed that the LWR performance of the formed pattern was also superior.
 また、実施例1、実施例9、及び実施例14の対比から、上述した一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物において、RX1~RX4のうちの2つが酸分解性基を表し、他の2つが水素原子を表す場合、レジスト組成物は解像性により優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンのLWR性能にもより優れることが確認された。 Further, from a comparison of Examples 1, 9, and 14, two of R X1 to R X4 in the polymerizable compound represented by the above general formula (1) represent an acid-decomposable group. , and the other two represent hydrogen atoms, it was confirmed that the resist composition was superior in resolution and the LWR performance of the formed pattern was also superior.
 一方で、比較例のレジスト組成物では、所望の性能が不十分であった。 On the other hand, the desired performance was insufficient in the resist composition of the comparative example.
〔パターン形成及び評価(2):EUV露光、有機溶剤現像〕
<パターン形成>
 直径12インチのシリコンウエハ上に下層膜形成用組成物AL412(Brewer Science社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚20nmの下地膜を形成した。その上に、表7に示すレジスト組成物を塗布し、100℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚30nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
 EUV露光装置(Exitech社製、Micro Exposure Tool、NA0.3、Quadrupole、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用いて、得られたレジスト膜を有するシリコンウエハに対して、得られるパターンの平均ライン幅が20nmになるようにパターン照射を行った。なお、レチクルとしては、ラインサイズ=20nmであり、且つ、ライン:スペース=1:1であるマスクを用いた。
 露光後のレジスト膜を90℃で60秒間ベークした後、酢酸n-ブチルで30秒間現像し、これをスピン乾燥してネガ型のパターンを得た。
[Pattern formation and evaluation (2): EUV exposure, organic solvent development]
<Pattern formation>
An underlayer film forming composition AL412 (manufactured by Brewer Science) was applied onto a silicon wafer with a diameter of 12 inches and baked at 205° C. for 60 seconds to form an underlayer film with a thickness of 20 nm. A resist composition shown in Table 7 was applied thereon and baked at 100° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a thickness of 30 nm.
A pattern obtained for a silicon wafer having a resist film obtained using an EUV exposure apparatus (Exitech, Micro Exposure Tool, NA 0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36) The pattern irradiation was carried out so that the average line width of was 20 nm. As the reticle, a mask having a line size of 20 nm and a line:space ratio of 1:1 was used.
The exposed resist film was baked at 90° C. for 60 seconds, developed with n-butyl acetate for 30 seconds, and spin-dried to obtain a negative pattern.
<評価>
 得られたネガ型のパターンについて、上述の〔パターン形成及び評価(1):EUV露光、アルカリ現像〕と同様の方法により、ラインウィズスラフネス(LWR性能、nm)、及び、解像性の評価(限界解像、nm)を実施した。結果を表7に示す。
<Evaluation>
The resulting negative pattern was evaluated for line width roughness (LWR performance, nm) and resolution in the same manner as in [Pattern formation and evaluation (1): EUV exposure, alkali development]. (limiting resolution, nm) was performed. Table 7 shows the results.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000070
 表に示す結果より、実施例のレジスト組成物によれば、LWR及び解像性に優れたパターンが形成できることが確認された。 From the results shown in the table, it was confirmed that according to the resist compositions of the examples, patterns with excellent LWR and resolution can be formed.
(特定モノマーAについての結果)
 また、各実施例の対比から、レジスト組成物中に含まれる酸分解性樹脂における酸分解性繰り返し単位の原料モノマーが、ホモポリマーにおけるガラス転移温度が300℃以上であり、且つ、保護基価が3.40mmol/g以上であるモノマーに該当する場合(好ましくは、ホモポリマーにおけるガラス転移温度が300℃以上であり、且つ、保護基価が3.50mmol/g以上であるモノマーに該当する場合)、レジスト組成物は解像性により優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンのLWR性能にもより優れることが確認された。
 また、上記酸分解性繰り返し単位の構造の保護基により保護された極性基がカルボキシル基である場合、レジスト組成物は解像性により優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンのLWR性能にもより優れることが確認された。
(Results for specific monomer A)
Further, from the comparison of each example, the raw material monomer of the acid-decomposable repeating unit in the acid-decomposable resin contained in the resist composition has a glass transition temperature of 300° C. or higher in a homopolymer and a protective group value of 3.40 mmol/g or more (preferably, a homopolymer having a glass transition temperature of 300°C or more and a protecting group value of 3.50 mmol/g or more) , it was confirmed that the resist composition is superior in resolution and the LWR performance of the formed pattern is also superior.
Further, when the polar group protected by the protecting group in the structure of the acid-decomposable repeating unit is a carboxyl group, the resist composition is superior in resolution, and the LWR performance of the formed pattern is also superior. was confirmed.
(特定モノマーBについての結果)
 また、例えば、実施例24及び実施例28の結果を比較すると、レジスト組成物中に含まれる酸分解性樹脂における酸分解性繰り返し単位の原料モノマーが、上述した一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物の中でも、特に、一般式(AX)で表される構造である場合、レジスト組成物は解像性により優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンのLWR性能にもより優れることが確認された。
 また、例えば、実施例21、実施例26、及び実施例27の結果を比較すると、上述した一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物において、重合性基が(メタ)アクリル基である場合(好ましくはメタクリル基である場合)、レジスト組成物は解像性により優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンのLWR性能にもより優れることが確認された。
(Results for specific monomer B)
Further, for example, when the results of Examples 24 and 28 are compared, the raw material monomer of the acid-decomposable repeating unit in the acid-decomposable resin contained in the resist composition is represented by the general formula (1) described above. Among the polymerizable compounds, in particular, when the structure is represented by the general formula (AX), the resist composition is superior in resolution, and it was confirmed that the LWR performance of the formed pattern is also superior. .
Further, for example, when comparing the results of Example 21, Example 26, and Example 27, in the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) described above, when the polymerizable group is a (meth) acrylic group It was confirmed that the resist composition was superior in resolution and LWR performance of the formed pattern (preferably in the case of methacrylic groups).
 また、実施例21、実施例31、実施例41、及び実施例42の対比から、上述した一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物において、酸分解性基の種類が上述した一般式(O1)で表される基であり、且つR11~R13のうち2つが互いに結合して環を形成しない場合、レジスト組成物は解像性により優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンのLWR性能にもより優れることが確認された。 Further, from the comparison of Example 21, Example 31, Example 41, and Example 42, in the polymerizable compound represented by the above-described general formula (1), the type of acid-decomposable group is the above-described general formula ( O1) and two of R 11 to R 13 do not bond to each other to form a ring, the resist composition is superior in resolution and the LWR performance of the formed pattern is improved. was also found to be superior.
 また、実施例21と実施例33の対比から、上述した一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物において、酸分解性基の数が2個の場合、レジスト組成物は解像性により優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンのLWR性能にもより優れることが確認された。 Further, from the comparison between Example 21 and Example 33, in the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) described above, when the number of acid-decomposable groups is two, the resist composition is superior in resolution. Moreover, it was confirmed that the LWR performance of the formed pattern was also superior.
 また、実施例21、実施例29、及び実施例34の対比から、上述した一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物において、RX1~RX4のうちの2つが酸分解性基を表し、他の2つが水素原子を表す場合、レジスト組成物は解像性により優れ、且つ、形成されるパターンのLWR性能にもより優れることが確認された。 Further, from a comparison of Examples 21, 29, and 34, in the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1), two of R X1 to R X4 represent an acid-decomposable group. , and the other two represent hydrogen atoms, it was confirmed that the resist composition was superior in resolution and the LWR performance of the formed pattern was also superior.
 一方で、比較例のレジスト組成物では、所望の性能が不十分であった。 On the other hand, the desired performance was insufficient in the resist composition of the comparative example.

Claims (16)

  1.  酸分解性基を有する重合性化合物に由来する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂と、光酸発生剤とを含む、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
     前記重合性化合物が、そのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度が220℃以上である重合性化合物であり、
     前記重合性化合物の質量に対する前記酸分解性基のモル量が、3.40mmol/g以上である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    An actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a resin having repeating units derived from a polymerizable compound having an acid-decomposable group and a photoacid generator,
    The polymerizable compound is a polymerizable compound whose homopolymer has a glass transition temperature of 220° C. or higher,
    Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, wherein the molar amount of the acid-decomposable group relative to the mass of the polymerizable compound is 3.40 mmol/g or more.
  2.  前記重合性化合物が、芳香環及び脂肪族複素環のいずれか1つ以上を含む、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the polymerizable compound contains one or more of an aromatic ring and an aliphatic heterocycle.
  3.  前記重合性化合物が、多環式構造を有する、請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the polymerizable compound has a polycyclic structure.
  4.  前記重合性化合物が、多環式構造の脂肪族複素環を有する重合性化合物であるか、又は、芳香環を有する重合性化合物である、請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or sensitive according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the polymerizable compound is a polymerizable compound having an aliphatic heterocyclic ring of a polycyclic structure, or a polymerizable compound having an aromatic ring. A radioactive resin composition.
  5.  前記重合性化合物が、酸分解性基を少なくとも2つ有する、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the polymerizable compound has at least two acid-decomposable groups.
  6.  前記重合性化合物が、アクリル化合物又はメタクリル化合物である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the polymerizable compound is an acrylic compound or a methacrylic compound.
  7.  下記一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物に由来する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂と、光酸発生剤とを含む、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     式中、Lは、-CR=CR-又は-CR-CR-を表す。
     Xは、-O-、-CR10-、又は、=CR11-を表す。
     Xは、-O-、-CO-、-CR1213-、又は、=CR14-を表す。
     XとXとの実線-点線で示される結合は、単結合又は二重結合を表す。但し、XとXとの結合が二重結合を表す場合、Xは=CR11-を表し、Xは=CR14-を表す。また、XとXとの結合が単結合を表す場合、Xは、-O-又は-CR10-を表し、Xは、-O-、-CO-、又は、-CR1213-を表す。
     R~R14は、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。なお、RとRとは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、R及びRのいずれか一方とR及びRのいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、Xが=CR11-を表し、Xが=CR14-を表す場合、R11とR14とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、Xが-CR10-を表し、Xが-CR1213-を表す場合、R及びR10のいずれか一方とR12及びR13のいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     RX1~RX4は、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。但し、RX1~RX4の少なくとも1つは、酸分解性基を表す。なお、RX1及びRX2のいずれか一方とRX3及びRX4のいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     但し、前記一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物は、分子中に、下記一般式(2)で表される1価の置換基を含む。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     式中、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Yは、重合性基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。
    An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a resin having a repeating unit derived from a polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (1) and a photoacid generator.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In the formula, L 1 represents -CR 3 =CR 4 - or -CR 5 R 6 -CR 7 R 8 -.
    X 1 represents -O-, -CR 9 R 10 -, or =CR 11 -.
    X 2 represents -O-, -CO-, -CR 12 R 13 -, or =CR 14 -.
    The solid-dotted bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a single bond or a double bond. However, when the bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a double bond, X 1 represents =CR 11 - and X 2 represents =CR 14 -. Further, when the bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a single bond, X 1 represents -O- or -CR 9 R 10 -, and X 2 represents -O-, -CO- or -CR represents 12 R 13 -.
    R 1 to R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. In addition, R 3 and R 4 may combine with each other to form a ring. In addition, one of R 5 and R 6 and one of R 7 and R 8 may combine with each other to form a ring. Further, when X 1 represents =CR 11 - and X 2 represents =CR 14 -, R 11 and R 14 may combine with each other to form a ring. When X 1 represents -CR 9 R 10 - and X 2 represents -CR 12 R 13 -, any one of R 9 and R 10 and any one of R 12 and R 13 are bonded to each other. may form a ring.
    R X1 to R X4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. However, at least one of R X1 to R X4 represents an acid-decomposable group. Any one of R 1 X1 and R 1 X2 and either one of R 1 X3 and R 1 X4 may combine with each other to form a ring.
    However, the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) contains a monovalent substituent represented by the following general formula (2) in the molecule.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    In the formula, L2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Y represents a polymerizable group. * represents a binding position.
  8.  前記一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物が、下記一般式(3)で表される重合性化合物である、請求項7に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     式中、Lは、-CR=CR-又は-CR-CR-を表す。
     Xは、-O-、-CR10-、又は、=CR11-を表す。
     Xは、-O-、-CO-、-CR1213-、又は、=CR14-を表す。
     XとXとの実線-点線で示される結合は、単結合又は二重結合を表す。但し、XとXとの結合が二重結合を表す場合、Xは=CR11-を表し、Xは=CR14-を表す。また、XとXとの結合が単結合を表す場合、Xは、-O-又は-CR10-を表し、Xは、-O-、-CO-、又は、-CR1213-を表す。
     R~R14は、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。なお、RとRとは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、R及びRのいずれか一方とR及びRのいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、Xが=CR11-を表し、Xが=CR14-を表す場合、R11とR14とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、Xが-CR10-を表し、Xが-CR1213-を表す場合、R
    びR10のいずれか一方とR12及びR13のいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     RX1~RX4は、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。但し、RX1~RX4の少なくとも1つは、酸分解性基を表す。なお、RX1及びRX2のいずれか一方とRX3
    及びRX4のいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
     Yは、重合性基を表す。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 7, wherein the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) is a polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    In the formula, L 1 represents -CR 3 =CR 4 - or -CR 5 R 6 -CR 7 R 8 -.
    X 1 represents -O-, -CR 9 R 10 -, or =CR 11 -.
    X 2 represents -O-, -CO-, -CR 12 R 13 -, or =CR 14 -.
    The solid-dotted bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a single bond or a double bond. However, when the bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a double bond, X 1 represents =CR 11 - and X 2 represents =CR 14 -. Further, when the bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a single bond, X 1 represents -O- or -CR 9 R 10 -, and X 2 represents -O-, -CO- or -CR represents 12 R 13 -.
    R 2 to R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. In addition, R 3 and R 4 may combine with each other to form a ring. In addition, one of R 5 and R 6 and one of R 7 and R 8 may combine with each other to form a ring. Further, when X 1 represents =CR 11 - and X 2 represents =CR 14 -, R 11 and R 14 may combine with each other to form a ring. When X 1 represents -CR 9 R 10 - and X 2 represents -CR 12 R 13 -, any one of R 9 and R 10 and any one of R 12 and R 13 are bonded to each other. may form a ring.
    R X1 to R X4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. However, at least one of R X1 to R X4 represents an acid-decomposable group. Any one of R X1 and R X2 and R X3
    and any one of R 1 X4 may combine with each other to form a ring.
    L2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    Y represents a polymerizable group.
  9.  前記一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物が、下記一般式(4)で表される重合性化合物である、請求項7に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     式中、Xは、-O-、-CR10-、又は、=CR11-を表す。
     Xは、-O-、-CO-、-CR1213-、又は、=CR14-を表す。
     XとXとの実線-点線で示される結合は、単結合又は二重結合を表す。但し、XとXとの結合が二重結合を表す場合、Xは=CR11-を表し、Xは=CR14-を表す。また、XとXとの結合が単結合を表す場合、Xは、-O-又は-CR10-を表し、Xは、-O-、-CO-、又は、-CR1213-を表す。
     R~R及びR~R14は、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。なお、RとRとは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、Xが=CR11-を表し、Xが=CR14-を表す場合、R11とR14とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、Xが-CR10-を表し、Xが-CR1213-を表す場合、R及びR10のいずれか一方とR12及びR13のいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     RX1~RX4は、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。但し、RX1~RX4の少なくとも1つは、酸分解性基を表す。また、RX1及びRX2のいずれか一方とRX3及びRX4のいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     但し、前記一般式(4)で表される重合性化合物は、分子中に、下記一般式(2)で表される1価の置換基を含む。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
     式中、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Yは、重合性基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 7, wherein the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) is a polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (4).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    In the formula, X 1 represents -O-, -CR 9 R 10 -, or =CR 11 -.
    X 2 represents -O-, -CO-, -CR 12 R 13 -, or =CR 14 -.
    The solid-dotted bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a single bond or a double bond. However, when the bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a double bond, X 1 represents =CR 11 - and X 2 represents =CR 14 -. Further, when the bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a single bond, X 1 represents -O- or -CR 9 R 10 -, and X 2 represents -O-, -CO- or -CR represents 12 R 13 -.
    R 1 to R 4 and R 9 to R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. In addition, R 3 and R 4 may combine with each other to form a ring. Further, when X 1 represents =CR 11 - and X 2 represents =CR 14 -, R 11 and R 14 may combine with each other to form a ring. When X 1 represents -CR 9 R 10 - and X 2 represents -CR 12 R 13 -, any one of R 9 and R 10 and any one of R 12 and R 13 are bonded to each other. may form a ring.
    R X1 to R X4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. However, at least one of R X1 to R X4 represents an acid-decomposable group. Either one of R 1 X1 and R 1 X2 and either one of R 1 X3 and R 1 X4 may combine with each other to form a ring.
    However, the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (4) contains a monovalent substituent represented by the following general formula (2) in the molecule.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    In the formula, L2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Y represents a polymerizable group. * represents a binding position.
  10.  RX1~RX4の少なくとも2つが酸分解性基を表す、請求項7~9のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 7 to 9, wherein at least two of R X1 to R X4 represent an acid-decomposable group.
  11.  前記一般式(1)で表される前記重合性化合物が、下記一般式(5)で表される重合性化合物である、請求項7に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
     式中、L21は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。RX1及びRX3は、各々独立に、酸分解性基を表す。RX2及びRX4は、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。なお、RX2とRX4とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。R21は、水素原子又は置換基を表す。R22及びR23は、各々独立に、置換基を表す。m及びnは、各々独立に、0~4の整数を表す。R24は、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
    The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 7, wherein the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) is a polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (5).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    In the formula, L21 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R X1 and R X3 each independently represent an acid-decomposable group. R X2 and R X4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R 1 X2 and R 1 X4 may combine with each other to form a ring. R21 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R22 and R23 each independently represent a substituent. m and n each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; R24 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  12.  請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された、レジスト膜。 A resist film formed using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11.
  13.  請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程と、
     前記レジスト膜を露光する工程と、
     前記露光されたレジスト膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程と、
     を有する、パターン形成方法。
    forming a resist film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11;
    exposing the resist film;
    a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer;
    A pattern forming method.
  14.  請求項13に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method according to claim 13.
  15.  下記一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
     式中、Lは、-CR=CR-又は-CR-CR-を表す。
     Xは、-O-、-CR10-、又は、=CR11-を表す。
     Xは、-O-、-CO-、-CR1213-、又は、=CR14-を表す。
     XとXとの実線-点線で示される結合は、単結合又は二重結合を表す。但し、XとXとの結合が二重結合を表す場合、Xは=CR11-を表し、Xは=CR14-を表す。また、XとXとの結合が単結合を表す場合、Xは、-O-又は-CR10-を表し、Xは、-O-、-CO-、又は、-CR1213-を表す。
     R~R14は、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。なお、RとRとは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、R及びRのいずれか一方とR及びRのいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、Xが=CR11-を表し、Xが=CR14-を表す場合、R11とR14とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、Xが-CR10-を表し、Xが-CR1213-を表す場合、R及びR10のいずれか一方とR12及びR13のいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     RX1~RX4は、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。但し、RX1~RX4の少なくとも1つは、酸分解性基を表す。なお、RX1及びRX2のいずれか一方とRX3及びRX4のいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     但し、前記一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物は、分子中に、下記一般式(2)で表される1価の置換基を含む。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
     式中、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Yは、重合性基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。
    A polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    In the formula, L 1 represents -CR 3 =CR 4 - or -CR 5 R 6 -CR 7 R 8 -.
    X 1 represents -O-, -CR 9 R 10 -, or =CR 11 -.
    X 2 represents -O-, -CO-, -CR 12 R 13 -, or =CR 14 -.
    The solid-dotted bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a single bond or a double bond. However, when the bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a double bond, X 1 represents =CR 11 - and X 2 represents =CR 14 -. Further, when the bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a single bond, X 1 represents -O- or -CR 9 R 10 -, and X 2 represents -O-, -CO- or -CR represents 12 R 13 -.
    R 1 to R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. In addition, R 3 and R 4 may combine with each other to form a ring. In addition, one of R 5 and R 6 and one of R 7 and R 8 may combine with each other to form a ring. Further, when X 1 represents =CR 11 - and X 2 represents =CR 14 -, R 11 and R 14 may combine with each other to form a ring. When X 1 represents -CR 9 R 10 - and X 2 represents -CR 12 R 13 -, any one of R 9 and R 10 and any one of R 12 and R 13 are bonded to each other. may form a ring.
    R X1 to R X4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. However, at least one of R X1 to R X4 represents an acid-decomposable group. Any one of R 1 X1 and R 1 X2 and either one of R 1 X3 and R 1 X4 may combine with each other to form a ring.
    However, the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) contains a monovalent substituent represented by the following general formula (2) in the molecule.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    In the formula, L2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Y represents a polymerizable group. * represents a binding position.
  16.  下記一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物に由来する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
     式中、Lは、-CR=CR-又は-CR-CR-を表す。
     Xは、-O-、-CR10-、又は、=CR11-を表す。
     Xは、-O-、-CO-、-CR1213-、又は、=CR14-を表す。
     XとXとの実線-点線で示される結合は、単結合又は二重結合を表す。但し、XとXとの結合が二重結合を表す場合、Xは=CR11-を表し、Xは=CR14-を表す。また、XとXとの結合が単結合を表す場合、Xは、-O-又は-CR10-を表し、Xは、-O-、-CO-、又は、-CR1213-を表す。
     R~R14は、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。なお、RとRとは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、R及びRのいずれか一方とR及びRのいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、Xが=CR11-を表し、Xが=CR14-を表す場合、R11とR14とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。また、Xが-CR10-を表し、Xが-CR1213-を表す場合、R及びR10のいずれか一方とR12及びR13のいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     RX1~RX4は、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。但し、RX1~RX4の少なくとも1つは、酸分解性基を表す。なお、RX1及びRX2のいずれか一方とRX3及びRX4のいずれか一方とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     但し、前記一般式(1)で表される重合性化合物は、分子中に、下記一般式(2)で表される1価の置換基を含む。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
     式中、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Yは、重合性基を表す。*は、結合位置を表す。
    A resin having a repeating unit derived from a polymerizable compound represented by the following general formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    In the formula, L 1 represents -CR 3 =CR 4 - or -CR 5 R 6 -CR 7 R 8 -.
    X 1 represents -O-, -CR 9 R 10 -, or =CR 11 -.
    X 2 represents -O-, -CO-, -CR 12 R 13 -, or =CR 14 -.
    The solid-dotted bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a single bond or a double bond. However, when the bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a double bond, X 1 represents =CR 11 - and X 2 represents =CR 14 -. Further, when the bond between X 1 and X 2 represents a single bond, X 1 represents -O- or -CR 9 R 10 -, and X 2 represents -O-, -CO- or -CR represents 12 R 13 -.
    R 1 to R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. In addition, R 3 and R 4 may combine with each other to form a ring. In addition, one of R 5 and R 6 and one of R 7 and R 8 may combine with each other to form a ring. Further, when X 1 represents =CR 11 - and X 2 represents =CR 14 -, R 11 and R 14 may combine with each other to form a ring. When X 1 represents -CR 9 R 10 - and X 2 represents -CR 12 R 13 -, any one of R 9 and R 10 and any one of R 12 and R 13 are bonded to each other. may form a ring.
    R X1 to R X4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. However, at least one of R X1 to R X4 represents an acid-decomposable group. Any one of R 1 X1 and R 1 X2 and either one of R 1 X3 and R 1 X4 may combine with each other to form a ring.
    However, the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (1) contains a monovalent substituent represented by the following general formula (2) in the molecule.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    In the formula, L2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Y represents a polymerizable group. * represents a binding position.
PCT/JP2022/010353 2021-04-09 2022-03-09 Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device production method, polymerizable compound, and resin WO2022215423A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023512875A JPWO2022215423A1 (en) 2021-04-09 2022-03-09

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021066532 2021-04-09
JP2021-066532 2021-04-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022215423A1 true WO2022215423A1 (en) 2022-10-13

Family

ID=83546352

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/010353 WO2022215423A1 (en) 2021-04-09 2022-03-09 Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device production method, polymerizable compound, and resin

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022215423A1 (en)
TW (1) TW202307565A (en)
WO (1) WO2022215423A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005048128A (en) * 2003-07-31 2005-02-24 Mitsubishi Rayon Co Ltd (co)polymer, manufacturing method, resist composition and pattern-forming method
JP2013101270A (en) * 2011-11-09 2013-05-23 Fujifilm Corp Method for forming pattern, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
JP2017019911A (en) * 2015-07-09 2017-01-26 信越化学工業株式会社 Polymerizable monomer, polymeric compound, positive resist material, and pattern forming method
WO2019203140A1 (en) * 2018-04-20 2019-10-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition for euv light, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
US20200369596A1 (en) * 2018-02-02 2020-11-26 Seed Co., Ltd. Polymerizable triptycene derivative compound, and polymer compound including same as constituent component

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005048128A (en) * 2003-07-31 2005-02-24 Mitsubishi Rayon Co Ltd (co)polymer, manufacturing method, resist composition and pattern-forming method
JP2013101270A (en) * 2011-11-09 2013-05-23 Fujifilm Corp Method for forming pattern, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
JP2017019911A (en) * 2015-07-09 2017-01-26 信越化学工業株式会社 Polymerizable monomer, polymeric compound, positive resist material, and pattern forming method
US20200369596A1 (en) * 2018-02-02 2020-11-26 Seed Co., Ltd. Polymerizable triptycene derivative compound, and polymer compound including same as constituent component
WO2019203140A1 (en) * 2018-04-20 2019-10-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition for euv light, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2022215423A1 (en) 2022-10-13
TW202307565A (en) 2023-02-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7318129B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
JP7454669B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2021241086A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern formation method, resist film, electronic device manufacturing method, compound, and compound production method
WO2022065025A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
WO2023286763A1 (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
WO2022172689A1 (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7220229B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
JP7434592B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023145564A1 (en) Active light–sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light–sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and production method for electronic device
WO2023054127A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023002869A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for producing actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, resin, and method for producing resin
WO2023032794A1 (en) Actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and compound
WO2022186059A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
WO2022044706A1 (en) Actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2022024929A1 (en) Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
WO2022215423A1 (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device production method, polymerizable compound, and resin
JPWO2020044771A1 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
WO2022190922A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023157635A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, method for producing electronic device, and compound
WO2023120250A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and compound
WO2022270230A1 (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for producing electronic device
WO2024070964A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2022024928A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for producing electronic device
WO2023106171A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
WO2022202345A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22784408

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023512875

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22784408

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1